Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): April 17, 2009
 
Walter Investment Management Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Maryland
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
  6789
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification
Code Number)
  13-3950486
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
4211 West Boy Scout Boulevard, 4 th Floor
Tampa, FL 33607-5724
(813) 871-4811
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed from Last Report)
 
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
o   Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
o   Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
o   Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
o   Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
 
 


2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement
Item 1.02 Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement
Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets
Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant
Item 3.03 Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders
Item 4.01 Changes in registrant’s Certifying Accountant
Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers
Item 5.03 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws
Item 8.01 Other Events
Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits
SIGNATURES
EX-10.1.1 Revolving Credit Agreement
EX-10.1.2 Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement
EX-10.1.3 Revolving Credit Agreement and Security Agreement
EX-10.1.4 L/C Support Agreement
EX-10.1.5 Assignment of Software License Agreement
EX-10.1.6 Trademark License Agreement
EX-10.1.7 Transition Services Agreement
EX-10.1.8 Tax Separation Agreement
EX-10.1.9 Joint Litigation Agreement
EX-10.1.14 Joint Direction and Release
EX-10.1.15 Discharge Agreement
EX-10.1.18 Joint Direction and Release
EX-10.1.19 Discharge Agreement
Ex-10.1.25 Amended and Restated Charter of Walter Investment Management Corp.
Ex-16.1 Letter of Grant Thornton


Table of Contents

Introduction
          As previously disclosed, on February 6, 2009, Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. (“ Hanover ”), Walter Industries, Inc. (“ Walter Industries ”), Walter Investment Management LLC (“ Spinco ”) and JWH Holding Company, LLC (“ JWHHC ”) entered into a Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger (as amended on February 17, 2009, the ” Merger Agreement ”). On April 17, 2009, Hanover and the other parties to the Merger Agreement completed the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, which included the spin-off by Walter Industries of Spinco, the payment of a taxable dividend by Spinco to holders of its limited liability company interests, and the subsequent merger of Spinco into Hanover (the “ Merger ”), as is more fully described herein. At the closing of the Merger, Hanover changed its name to Walter Investment Management Corp. (“ Walter Investment ”). Prior to and as a condition to the closing of the Merger, Hanover also completed the transactions contemplated by (i) the Exchange Agreement, dated September 30, 2008, with Taberna Preferred Funding I, Ltd (“Taberna”), as amended on February 6, 2009 (the “ Taberna Exchange Agreement ”), and (ii) the Exchange Agreement, dated September 30, 2008, with Amster Trading Company and Ramat Securities, LTD (the “ Amster Parties ”), as amended on February 6, 2009 (the “ Amster Exchange Agreement ” and, together with the Taberna Exchange Agreement, the “ Exchange Agreements ”).
          The foregoing description of the Merger Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and the amendment to the Merger Agreement, which are filed as Exhibits 2.1 and 2.2 hereto, respectively, and incorporated into this report by reference.
Item 1.01   Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
Syndicated Credit Agreement . On April 20, 2009, Walter Investment entered into a syndicated credit agreement (the “ Syndicated Credit Agreement ”) among Walter Investment, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, Regions Bank, as syndication and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. The Syndicated Credit Agreement establishes an unsecured guaranteed $15.00 million revolving facility, with a $10.00 million letter of credit sub-facility and a $5.00 million swingline sub-facility. The Syndicated Credit Agreement is guaranteed by the subsidiaries of Walter Investment other than Walter Investment Reinsurance, Co., Ltd., Mid-State Capital, LLC and Hanover SPC-A, Inc. In addition, Walter Industries posted a letter of credit (the “ Support Letter of Credit ”) in an amount equal to $15.675 million in support of Walter Investment’s obligations under the Syndicated Credit Agreement. The loans under the Syndicated Credit Agreement shall be used for general corporate purposes of Walter Investment and its subsidiaries. The Syndicated Credit Agreement contains covenants that: (a) place limitations on indebtedness; liens; mergers, consolidations, liquidations; investments; dividends; sale of assets; transaction with affiliates; sale leaseback transactions; and hedging agreements and (b) require Walter Management to maintain unencumbered assets with an unpaid principal balance of at least $75.0 million at all times; a minimum interest coverage ratio of not less than 1.25x; a maximum portfolio loss ratio of no greater than 1.50x; and a maximum portfolio delinquency rate of no greater than 8.00%. The Syndicated Credit Agreement contains certain customary events of default for unsecured guaranteed financings (including certain events with respect to the Support Letter of Credit, such as termination), the occurrence of which would allow the lenders to accelerate the outstanding loans.
All loans made under the Syndicated Credit Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 4.00% or at base rate, which is defined as the highest of the prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and LIBOR for a one-month period plus 1.00%, plus 3.00%, in each case, subject to adjustments based on the credit ratings of the bank issuing the Support Letter of Credit. A commitment fee of 0.50% is payable on the daily amount of the unused commitments.
All loans under the Syndicated Credit Agreement shall be available until the termination date, which is April 20, 2011, at which point all obligations under the Syndicated Credit Agreement shall be due and payable.
The foregoing description of the Syndicated Credit Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Syndicated Credit Agreement. A copy of the Syndicated Credit Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.1.1 and incorporated herein by reference.


Table of Contents

3

In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the lenders and their respective affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial banking and/or investment banking transactions with Walter Investment and its affiliates for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees.
Revolving Credit Agreement and Security Agreement . On April 20, 2009, Walter Investment entered into a revolving credit agreement and security agreement (the “ Revolving Credit Agreement ”) among Walter Investment, certain of its subsidiaries and Walter Industries, as lender. The Revolving Credit Agreement establishes a guaranteed $10.00 million revolving facility, secured by a pledge of unencumbered assets with an unpaid principal balance of at least $10.00 million. The Credit Agreement also is guaranteed by the subsidiaries of Walter Investment that guarantee the Credit Agreement. The Revolving Credit Agreement is available only after a major hurricane has occurred with projected losses greater than the $2.50 million self-insured retention (the “ Revolving Credit Agreement Effective Date ”). The Revolving Credit Agreement contains covenants that: (a) place limitations on indebtedness; liens; mergers, consolidations, liquidations; investments; dividends; sale of assets; transaction with affiliates; sale leaseback transactions; and hedging agreements; (b) require Walter Management to maintain unencumbered assets with an unpaid principal balance of at least $75.00 million at all times and (c) require that any net cash proceeds received by Walter Investment pursuant to that certain reinsurance policy be applied within two business days of such receipt to repay any outstanding obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
All loans made under the Revolving Credit Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR for one-month or three-months, at Walter Investment’s option, plus 4.00%. A commitment fee of 0.50% is payable on the daily amount of the unused commitments after the Revolving Credit Agreement Effective Date. In addition, on the Revolving Credit Agreement Effective Date, Walter Investment will pay Walter Industries a funding fee in an amount equal to $25,000.
All loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement shall be available from the Effective Date until the termination date, which is April 20, 2011, at which point all obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement shall be due and payable.
The foregoing description of the Revolving Credit Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Revolving Credit Agreement. A copy of the Revolving Credit Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.1.3 and incorporated herein by reference.
Support LC Agreement . On April 20, 2009, Walter Investment entered into a support letter of credit agreement (the “ Support LC Agreement ”) between Walter Investment and Walter Industries. The Support LC Agreement was entered into in connection with the Support Letter of Credit and the bonds similarly posted by Walter Industries in support of Walter Investment’s obligations. The Support LC Agreement provides that Walter Investment will reimburse Walter Industries for all costs incurred by it in posting the Support Letter of Credit as well as for any draws under bonds posted in support of Walter Investment. The Support LC Agreement also provides that any draws under the Support Letter of Credit will be deemed to constitute loans of Walter Industries to Walter Investment and will bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR for one-month plus an applicable margin of 6.00%. In addition, upon any draw under the Support Letter of Credit, the obligations of Walter Investment to Walter Industries will be secured by a perfected security interest in unencumbered assets with an unpaid principal balance of at least $63.00 million. The Support LC Agreement contains covenants that: (a) place limitations on indebtedness; liens; mergers, consolidations, liquidations; investments; dividends; sale of assets; transaction with affiliates; sale leaseback transactions; and hedging agreements; (b) require Walter Management to maintain unencumbered assets with an unpaid principal balance of at least $75.0 million at all times; a minimum interest coverage ratio of not less than 1.25x; a maximum portfolio loss ratio of no greater than 1.50x; and a maximum portfolio delinquency rate of no greater than 8.00%; and (c) require that any net cash proceeds received by Walter Investment as a result of a sale of assets or incurrence of debt be applied on the date of receipt of such proceeds to prepay any obligations outstanding under the Support LC Agreement.
All obligations under the LC Support Agreement shall be due and payable on April 20, 2011.
The foregoing description of the Support LC Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Support LC. A copy of the Support LC Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.1.4 and incorporated herein by reference.


Table of Contents

4

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement . As previously reported, on February 6, 2009, Hanover and JWHHC entered into an Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”), pursuant to which Hanover and JWHHC amended and restated the loan and security agreement, dated September 26, 2008. The loans made under the Loan Agreement were secured by a collateral account maintained pursuant to a related Securities Account Control Agreement (the ” Account Control Agreement ”), entered into on September 25, 2008, by Hanover, JWHHC and Regions Bank N.A., as Securities Intermediary, into which all of the assets purchased by Hanover with the proceeds of the loans were deposited. On April 17, 2009, JWHHC assigned all of its rights and obligations under the Account Control Agreement to Spinco pursuant to a purchase and sale agreement between JWHHC and Walter Industries, dated April 17, 2009, and a contribution agreement between Walter Industries and Spinco dated April 17, 2009 (the “Asset Transfer Agreements”). Upon consummation of the Merger, Spinco, the creditor under the Loan Agreement, merged into Hanover, the debtor under the Loan Agreement, resulting in the automatic termination of the Loan Agreement by operation of law. The Account Control Agreement also terminated at the effective time of the Merger as a result of the termination of the Loan Agreement.
          Under the Loan Agreement, in addition to unsecured lines of credit used to fund Hanover’s obligations under the Exchange Transactions and secure directors’ and officers’ liability insurance prior to the Merger, Hanover also had access to a revolving line of credit not to exceed $4 million in the aggregate, to maintain its REIT status and not become an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The maturity of the loans was the earliest to occur of (i) June 26, 2009, (ii) the date on which Spinco demanded repayment and (iii) Hanover’s bankruptcy or liquidation.
          The foregoing descriptions of the Loan Agreement and the Account Control Agreement do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the Account Control Agreement, which are respectively filed as Exhibit 10.1.10 and Exhibit 10.1.11 hereto, and incorporated into this report by reference.
Software License Assignment . On April 17, 2009, Hanover entered into an Assignment of Software License Agreement with JWHHC and Spinco (the “ Software License Assignment ”), pursuant to which JWHHC assigned, and Spinco assumed (and Walter Investment obtained, as successor to Spinco), all of JWHHC’s rights and obligations under the Software License Agreement dated September 29, 2008 (“ Software License Agreement ”) between Hanover and JWHHC. Pursuant to the terms of the Software License Assignment, Hanover granted Spinco a perpetual, non-exclusive and non-transferable (except to affiliates or in a merger, change of control or asset sale) license to use, exploit and to modify certain described software, systems and related items primarily related to asset portfolio management and analysis. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Software License Agreement effectively terminated.
          The foregoing descriptions of the Software License Agreement and the Software License Assignment do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by the terms and conditions of the Software License Agreement and the Software License Assignment, which are filed as Exhibits 10.1.24 and 10.1.5, hereto, respectively, and incorporated into this report by reference.
Item 1.02   Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement.
The Exchange Transactions .
           The Exchange Agreements. On April 17, 2009, Hanover acquired and subsequently retired all of the outstanding trust preferred securities of Hanover Statutory Trust I (“ HST-I ”), and Hanover Statutory Trust II (“ HST-II ”) and the related debt securities previously issued by Hanover that were held by each of HST-I and HST-II (the “ Exchange Transactions ”). Prior to the consummation of the Exchange Transactions, Taberna and the Amster Parties held all of the outstanding preferred securities of HST-I and HST-II, respectively. The Exchange Transactions were completed pursuant to the Exchange Agreements between Hanover and each of Taberna and the Amster Parties.
          As consideration for all of the outstanding trust preferred securities of HST-I in an aggregate amount of $20 million, Hanover paid Taberna $2.25 million in cash in the aggregate. Hanover paid $250,000 of the purchase price to Taberna on September 30, 2008, in connection with signing the original Taberna Exchange Agreement, and paid an additional $600,000 of the purchase price to Taberna upon the signing of the amendment to the Taberna Exchange Agreement on February 6, 2009. The remaining $1.4 million of the purchase price under the Taberna


Table of Contents

5

Exchange Agreement was paid on April 17, 2009, in connection with the closing of the Exchange Agreements. Under the Taberna Exchange Agreement, as amended, Taberna was also be reimbursed by Hanover for its counsel fees up to $15,000 in the aggregate.
          Under the Amster Exchange Agreement, on April 17, 2009, the Amster Parties exchanged all of their trust preferred securities in HST-II for a cash payment from Hanover of $750,000 and 6,762,793 shares of Hanover common stock, which was paid prior to the consummation of the Merger. Based on the closing price of $0.14 per share of Hanover’s common stock on the NYSE Alternext on April 17, 2009, the aggregate value of the consideration paid to Amster was approximately $1,696,791. As a result of the issuance of Hanover common stock pursuant to the Amster Exchange Agreement, immediately prior to the effective time of the merger, the Amster Parties collectively owned approximately 43.9% of the shares of Hanover common stock outstanding. On April 15, 2009, Hanover received the required approval of its stockholders for the issuance of shares of Hanover common stock in the Amster Exchange Agreement. In addition, amendments to Hanover’s charter approved by Hanover’s stockholders at a special meeting on April 15, 2009, and described in Walter Investment’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on April 21, 2009, eliminated certain ownership restrictions contained in Hanover’s charter in respect of the Exchange Transactions for the brief period following the filing of such amendments on April 17, 2009, and ending at the effective time of the Merger, which occurred later that day,
           Termination of HST-I Trust and Indenture. Following the acquisition of the trust preferred securities of HST-I pursuant to the Taberna Exchange Agreement, Hanover entered into a Joint Direction and Release, dated as of April 17, 2009 (the “ HST-I Joint Direction ”), with HST-I and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association), as trustee (the “ HST-I Trustee ”), pursuant to which Hanover and HST-I instructed the HST-I Trustee to cancel (i) all of the outstanding preferred securities of HST-I in an aggregate amount of $20,000,000 and (ii) all of the outstanding common securities of HST-I in an aggregate amount of $619,000, in each case issued under that certain Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005 (the “ HST-I Trust Agreement ”) among Hanover, Chase Bank USA, National Association (as Delaware trustee), certain administrative trustees and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as property trustee. In addition, Hanover and HST-I instructed the HST-I Trustee to cancel all of Hanover’s Junior Subordinated Notes due 2035 in an aggregate amount of $20,619,000 (the “ HST-I Debt Securities ”) issued by Hanover to HST-I pursuant to a Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of March 15, 2005 (the “ HST-I Indenture ”). Upon delivery of the HST-I Joint Direction, Hanover, the HST-I Trustee and HST-I executed a Discharge Agreement, dated April 17, 2009 (the “ HST-I Discharge Agreement ”), pursuant to which the HST-I Indensture and the HST-I Debt Securities were satisfied, discharged and cancelled and each of Hanover and the HST-I Trustee were released from their obligations under the HST-I Indenture. The HST-I Trust Agreement was subsequently cancelled and HST-I was terminated pursuant to the filing of a certificate of termination with the State of Delaware.
           Termination of HST-II Trust and Indenture. Following the acquisition of the trust preferred securities of HST-II pursuant to the Amster Exchange Agreement, Hanover entered into a Joint Direction and Release, dated as of April 17, 2009 (the “ HST-II Joint Direction ”), with HST-II and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ HST-II Trustee ”), pursuant to which Hanover and HST-II instructed the HST-II Trustee to cancel (i) all of the outstanding preferred securities of HST-II in an aggregate amount of $20,000,000 and (ii) all of the outstanding common securities of HST-II in an aggregate amount of $620,000, in each case issued under that certain Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of November 4, 2005 (the “ HST-II Trust Agreement ”), among Hanover, the HST-II Trustee (in its capacities as HST-II Trustee and as Delaware trustee) and certain administrative trustees. In addition, Hanover and HST-II instructed the HST-II Trustee to cancel all of Hanover’s Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2035 in an aggregate amount of $20,620,000 (the “ HST-II Debt Securities ”) issued by Hanover to HST-II pursuant to a Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2005 (the “ HST-II Indenture ”), among Hanover and the HST-II Trustee. Upon delivery of the HST-II Joint Direction, Hanover, the HST-II Trustee and HST-II executed a Discharge Agreement, dated April 17, 2009 (the “ HST-II Discharge Agreement ”), pursuant to which the HST-II Indenture and the HST-II Debt Securities were satisfied, discharged and cancelled and each of Hanover and the HST-II Trustee were released from their obligations under the HST-II Indenture. The HST-II Trust Agreement was subsequently cancelled and HST-II was terminated pursuant to the filing of a certificate of termination with the State of Delaware.
          The foregoing descriptions of the HST-I Joint Direction, the HST-II Joint Direction, the HST-I Trust Agreement, the HST-II Trust Agreement, the HST-I Indenture, the HST-II Indenture, the HST-I Discharge


Table of Contents

6

Agreement, and the HST-II Discharge Agreement do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by the terms and conditions of such agreements, which are filed as Exhibits 10.1.14, 10.1.18, 10.1.16, 10.1.20, 10.1.17, 10.1.21, 10.1.15, and 10.1.19, hereto, respectively hereto and incorporated into this report by reference.
Loan and Security Agreement, Software License Agreement . As a result of the Merger, the Loan Agreement, the Securities Account Agreement and the Software License Agreement were terminated without cost to Walter Investment. The descriptions of the Loan Agreement, the Securities Account Agreement and the Software License Agreement set forth in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, including the exhibits incorporated therein, are incorporated in this Item 1.02 by reference.
Item 2.01   Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.
The Merger . On April 17, 2009, Hanover completed the Merger with Spinco pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement. As a result of the Merger, every 50 shares of Hanover common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, including the shares of Hanover common stock issued pursuant to the Amster Exchange Agreement, were combined into one share of common stock of Walter Investment (the “ Share Combination ”). At the completion of the merger, Walter Industries’ stockholders as of the record date for Walter Industries’ dividend of limited liability interests in Spinco, together with Spinco option holders, owned collectively 98.5% (3.33% in the form of restricted stock units of Walter Investment owned by former Spinco option holders Mark O’Brien and Charles Cauthen, and the remaining 95.17% by Walter Industries stockholders as of such date), and former Hanover stockholders (including the Amster Parties) collectively owned 1.5% (with the Amster Parties owning approximately 0.66% and the other former Hanover stockholders owning approximately 0.84%), of the shares of common stock of Walter Investment outstanding or reserved for issuance in settlement of restricted stock units of Walter Investment payable to Messrs. O’Brien and Cauthen. The holders of limited liability company interests of Spinco immediately prior to the Merger were issued a total of 19,562,913 shares of Walter Investment’s common stock in exchange for their limited liability company interests. Based on the closing price of $7.00 (after giving effect to the Share Combination) per share of Walter Investment common stock on the NYSE Alternext Exchange on April 17, 2009, the aggregate value of consideration paid to the Spinco interest holders was approximately $136,940,391. Immediately prior to the merger, and following the spin-off of Spinco by Walter Industries, in order to comply with certain Internal Revenue Service requirements pertaining to the maintenance of Walter Investment’s status as a real estate investment trust, Spinco paid a taxable dividend of cash and Spinco interests having an aggregate value of $80,000,000 to holders of limited liability company interests of Spinco immediately following the spin-off. In conjunction with the merger, Walter Investment changed its name to Walter Investment Management Corp. After giving effect to the transactions, there are now 19,871,215 shares of Walter Investment’s common stock issued and outstanding. On April 20, 2009, Walter Investment’s common stock began trading on the NYSE Alternext under the symbol “WAC”.
Hanover’s stockholders approved each of the proposals presented to them at a special meeting of Hanover’s stockholder on April 15, 2009, including proposals to approve the Merger, the Merger Agreement, the Exchange Transactions, and certain other related matters.
The Exchange Transactions . The descriptions of the Exchange Transactions set forth in Item 1.02 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, including the exhibits incorporated therein, are incorporated in their entirety into this Item 2.01 by reference.
Item 2.03   Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant
The descriptions of the Syndicated Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement and the Support LC Agreement in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, including the exhibits incorporated therein, are incorporated in their entirety into this Item 2.03 by reference.
Item 3.03   Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.
          As disclosed in Hanover’s proxy statement prospectus included in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission on February 17, 2009 (the “ Proxy Statement/Prospectus ”), Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or by a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to certain provisions, including the requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office and such director shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualified. On April 20, 2009, and as discussed in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, by a resolution of its board of directors, Walter Investment elected to be subject to Section


Table of Contents

7

3-804(a) and Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, which require a two-thirds vote of stockholders to remove a director, vest in the board of directors the exclusive power to fill vacancies on the board and provide that any director elected to fill a vacancy on the board will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred (the “ Subtitle 8 Elections ”).
          On April 22, 2009, Walter Investment filed Articles Supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland, making its Subtitle 8 Elections.
Item 4.01   Changes in registrant’s Certifying Accountant.
          The Merger was treated as a reverse acquisition for accounting purposes and, as such, the historical financial statements of JWHHC will become the historical financial statements of Walter Investment. Grant Thornton LLP was the independent registered public accounting firm that audited Hanover’s financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. On April 15, 2009, the audit committee of the board of directors of Hanover recommended, and the board of directors of Hanover approved, the retention of Grant Thornton LLP as its independent registered public accounting firm for the purpose of Grant Thornton LLP completing its review of the company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009, which will contain only the financial results of Hanover since the quarterly period ended prior to the completion of the reverse acquisition. The audit committee of Walter Investment is not expected to modify the decision made by the Hanover board to retain Grant Thornton LLP for the purpose of Grant Thornton LLP completing its review of the company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009. It is expected that the audit committee of Walter Investment will retain another independent registered public accounting firm for subsequent periods. Walter Investment will file a current report on Form 8-K making the appropriate disclosures in respect of its engagement of a new independent accounting firm on a going-forward basis.
          Grant Thornton LLP’s reports on Hanover’s financial statements for the most recent two years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or qualification or modification as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. In addition, during Hanover’s two most recent year ends and through the date of this report, there were no disagreements with Grant Thornton LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement(s), if not resolved to the satisfaction of Grant Thornton LLP, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements(s) in connection with its report.
               Walter Investment has provided Grant Thornton LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and requested that Grant Thornton LLP furnish a letter addressed to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agreed with the above statements made by Walter Investment. A copy of such letter, dated April 23, 2009, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.
Upon the effective date of the Articles of Merger filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation at 7 p.m. on April 17, 2009, the following changes to directors and officers became immediately effective by operation of law and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement:
    Removal of Directors. Messrs. James F. Stone, John N. Rees and John A. Clymer, each a member of the Audit Committee, and Ms. Irma N. Tavares were removed from the board of directors of Hanover.
    Appointment of Directors . Messrs. Denmar J. Dixon, William J. Meurer, Mark J. O’Brien, Shannon E. Smith and Michael T. Tokarz and Ms. Ellyn L. Brown were appointed to the board of directors of Walter Investment. Mr. O’Brien was appointed chairman of the board.
    Removal of Officers . Mr. John A. Burchett was removed as president and chief executive officer, Ms. Irma N. Tavares was removed as chief operating officer, Mr. Harold H. McElraft was removed as chief financial officer, Suzette N. Berrios was removed as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and James C. Strickler was removed as Managing Director.


Table of Contents

8

    Appointment of Officers . Mark J. O’Brien was appointed chief executive officer, Charles E. Cauthen was appointed president and chief operating officer and Kimberly Perez was appointed vice president and chief financial officer.
On April 20, 2009, the board of directors of Walter Investment designated Messrs. Meurer, Smith, Tokarz and Dixon and Ms. Brown as independent directors. The board appointed Messrs. Meurer, Smith and Dixon to the audit committee, designating Mr. Meurer committee chairman, to be confirmed at the committee’s first meeting. The board also appointed Messrs. Dixon and Smith and Ms. Brown to the compensation committee and designated Mr. Dixon as the chairman of the committee. Finally, the board appointed Messrs. Tokarz and Dixon and Ms. Brown to the governance committee and designated Mr. Tokarz as chairman.
On April 20, 2009, the board of Walter Investment removed all prior officers of the company and formally appointed the following officers of Walter Investment (which appointments were in addition to the appointments of Messrs. O’Brien and Cauthen and Ms. Perez as a result of the Merger):
     
Kimberly Perez
  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
John A. Burchett
  Vice President, Advisory Services and President, Hanover Division
Irma N. Tavares
  Vice President, Hanover Division
Stuart Boyd
  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Joseph Kelly, Jr.
  Vice President, Servicing
Del Pulido
  Vice President, Human Resources
Ty Witherington
  Vice President, Operations
Set forth below is biographical information with respect to the all new directors and certain new officers of Walter Investment.
Ellyn L. Brown , 58 is the president of Brown and Associates, a corporate law and consulting firm that provides operational, regulatory and governance guidance to financial services clients. Ms. Brown has served as a director of NYSE Euronext and its predecessors since April 2005. She also is a member of the boards of NYSE Regulation, the NYSE’s market regulator, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and the Financial Accounting Foundation (the parent body of the Financial Accounting Standard Boards (FASB) and its government equivalent, GASB). From 2000 to 2004, Ms. Brown was a member of the board of the Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards. Ms. Brown was a member of the board of the National Association of Securities Dealers Regulation, Inc. (NASDR) from 1996 to 1999, and sat on NASDR’s Independent Dealer/Insurance Affiliate committee through 2003. Ms. Brown was the Securities Commissioner for the State of Maryland from 1987 to 1992. She has taught securities law at Villanova University and the University of Maryland School of Law.
Denmar J. Dixon , 46 was elected to the board of managers of JWHHC in December 2008. Mr. Dixon is currently a private investor and founder and managing partner of Blue Flame Capital, LLC. Blue Flame Capital is a consulting, financial advisory and investment firm. Mr. Dixon retired in January 2008 after 23 years with Banc of America Securities and its predecessors. At the time of his retirement, Mr. Dixon was a Managing Director in the Corporate and Investment Banking group and held the position of Global Head of the Basic Industries group. The Basic Industries group was responsible for investment banking coverage for clients in the Building Products and Services, Metals and Mining sectors. In addition to those sectors, Mr. Dixon has significant experience in the General Industrial, Consumer and Business Services industries. During his career at Banc of America Securities, Mr. Dixon completed mergers and acquisitions, equity and debt capital raising and financial restructuring transactions totaling in excess of $75 billion.
William J. Meurer , 65 was elected to the board of managers of JWHHC in December 2008. Previously, Mr. Meurer was employed for 35 years with Arthur Andersen LLP where he served most recently as the Managing Partner for Arthur Andersen’s Central Florida operations. Since retiring from Arthur Andersen in 2000, Mr. Meurer has been a private investor and consultant. Mr. Meurer also serves on the Board of Trustees for St. Joseph’s Baptist Health Care


Table of Contents

9

and Baycare Health System and as a member of the Board of Directors of Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated, the Heritage Family of Funds and Tribridge, Inc.
Mark J. O’Brien , 65 has been a director of Walter Industries since 2005. In March 2006, Mr. O’Brien was named Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of JWHHC, and in February 2009, of Spinco. Mr. O’Brien has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Brier Patch Capital and Management, Inc., a real estate investment firm, since September 2004. Mr. O’Brien served in various capacities at Pulte Homes, Inc. for 21 years, culminating in his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer. He retired from that position in 2003. Mr. O’Brien is also a director of Mueller Water Products, Inc.
Shannon E. Smith , 43 is currently serving as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of American Land Lease, Inc., a NYSE listed real estate investment trust. Mr. Smith joined American Land Lease, Inc. in October 2000 as Chief Accounting Officer and was appointed as its Chief Financial Officer in February 2001. Mr. Smith also served as the Secretary of American Land Lease, Inc. from July of 2002 until January of 2008. From March 1997 to October 2000, Mr. Smith served as Chief Financial Officer of Jemison-Demsey Holding Company, and other entities controlled by Jemison Investment Company. Mr. Smith began his career with Ernst & Whinney as a certified public accountant.
Michael T. Tokarz , 58 has been Chairman of Walter Industries’ board of directors since December 2006 and has been a director of Walter Industries since September 1987. Since February 1, 2002 he has been a member of the Tokarz Group, LLC. From January 1996 until February 1, 2002, Mr. Tokarz was a member of the limited liability company which serves as the general partner of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. Mr. Tokarz also is a director of Conseco, Inc., IDEX Corporation, Mueller Water Products, Inc. and MVC Capital, Inc.
John A. Burchett , 66 was the Chairman of Hanover’s board of directors and its President and Chief Executive Officer since Hanover’s inception in June 1997. Mr. Burchett has also been the Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of HCP-2 since its formation in 1989. Prior to founding Hanover, Mr. Burchett held executive positions in the national mortgage finance operations of two global financial institutions, Citicorp Investment Bank from 1980 to 1987, and Bankers Trust Company from 1987 to 1989.
Charles E. Cauthen , 50, President and Chief Operating Officer, was appointed Chief Financial Officer of JWHHC (and, as of February 2009, Spinco) and President of WMC in November 2006. Prior thereto, he served as President of JWHHC since August 2005. Previously, he served as Chief Operating Officer JWHHC since February 2005 and Senior Vice President and Controller of JWHHC since November 2000. Prior thereto, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer—Consumer Products Group, Bank of America, from 1999 to November 2000.
Kimberly A. Perez , 42, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, was appointed Vice President of JWHHC in November 2006, and as of February 2009, she held the same office in Spinco. She was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of WMC in February 2005, previously serving as Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary of WMC since December 2003. Prior thereto, she served as Vice President, Corporate Accounting for Walter Industries since June 2000, and before that she served as Assistant Controller- Director of Accounting and Strategic Planning for Walter Industries since July 1997. Prior to her employment at Walter Industries she was an Audit Manager for PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC.
Irma N. Tavares , 54. Up until the effective time of the merger, Ms. Tavares had been a Director since Hanover’s inception in June 1997. Ms. Tavares was formerly the Chief Operating Officer of Hanover, a position she held since October 2004. Prior thereto (and up to the time of the merger), Ms. Tavares was one of Hanover’s Senior Managing Directors, and had been a Senior Managing Director and a Director of Hanover Capital Partners 2, Ltd. since its formation in 1989. Ms. Tavares was also formerly the Vice Chairman of the Board and Senior Managing Director of Hanover Capital Partners 2, Ltd. Before joining Hanover, Ms. Tavares held mortgage-related trading positions at both Citicorp Investment Bank from 1983 to 1987 and Bankers Trust Company from 1987 to 1989.
The form and amount of the compensation to be paid to each of Walter Investment’s directors and executive officers will be determined by Walter Investment’s board of directors as soon as practicable following the completion of the merger with the following exceptions (i) Mr. Burchett is party to a retention agreement guaranteeing certain levels of compensation if he agrees to continue to sit on the board of directors of Walter Investment for a specific period of


Table of Contents

10

time, (ii) Ms. Tavares is party to a retention agreement guaranteeing certain levels of compensation if she agrees to serve as a senior executive of Walter Investment for a specific period of time, (iii) Mr. O’Brien is party to a letter agreement with JWHHC that has been adopted by Walter Investment, (iv) Mr. Cauthen is party to a letter agreement with JWHHC that has been adopted by Walter Investment, and (v) Mrs. Perez is party to a letter agreement with JWHHC that has been adopted by Walter Investment. A summary of each agreement is set forth below.
2009 Long Term Incentive Plan . The following is a brief summary of the material features of the 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan of Walter Investment Management Corp (the “2009 LTIP”). Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all the information about the 2009 LTIP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan of Walter Investment Management Corp, which is attached as Exhibit 10.1.22 hereto.
           Purposes . The principal purposes of the 2009 LTIP are to provide incentives for Walter Investment’s officers, employees and consultants through granting of options, restricted stock and other awards, thereby stimulating their personal and active interest in the development and financial success of Walter Investment and inducing them to remain in Walter Investment’s employ (or service). The 2009 LTIP is also intended to assist in attracting and retaining qualified non-employee directors by providing for automatic grants of options and discretionary grants of options and dividend equivalents to non-employee directors.
           Number of Shares Authorized . Under the 2009 LTIP, not more than 3,000,000 shares of Walter Investment common stock (subject to antidilution and other adjustment provisions) are authorized for issuance upon exercise of options, stock appreciation rights (also referred to as SARs), and other awards, or upon vesting of restricted or deferred stock awards. Furthermore, the maximum number of shares which may be subject to options, SARs, restricted stock or other awards granted under the 2009 LTIP to any individual in any calendar year cannot exceed 1,200,000 (subject to antidilution and other adjustment provisions).
           Administration . The compensation committee of the board of directors of Walter Investment (the “Board”) or one or more other committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed under the terms of the 2009 LTIP (the ''Committee’’), which committee or subcommittee will consist solely of two or more members of the Board, each of whom will be both a ''non-employee director’’ for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the ''Exchange Act’’), and an ''outside director’’ for the purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the ''Code’’), will administer the 2009 LTIP with respect to grants to employees or consultants, and the full Board will administer the 2009 LTIP with respect to grants to non-employee directors.
           Automatic Grants to Non-employee Directors . The 2009 LTIP provides for automatic grants of non-qualified stock options to purchase Walter Investment common stock to each person who is or becomes a non-employee director on the effective date of the 2009 LTIP each person who is a non-employee director on the effective date of the plan shall receive a non-qualified stock option valued at $20,000 to purchase shares of common stock of Walter Investment, and each non-employee director who is initially elected after such effective date shall receive a non-qualified stock option valued at $20,000 to purchase shares of common stock of Walter Investment on the date of the non-employee director’s initial election. Additionally, commencing in the first calendar year which begins after the effective date of the plan or such initial election, as applicable, each non-employee director shall receive, on the date of each annual meeting of Walter Investment’s stockholders at which the non-employee director is reelected to the Board, an additional non-qualified stock option valued at $20,000 to purchase shares of common stock. These automatic options will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value per share of the common stock of Walter Investment at the date of grant and will become exercisable in cumulative annual installments of one-third each on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of the grant, so long as the non-employee director continues to serve as a director of Walter Investment; provided, however, to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Board may accelerate the exercisability of options upon the occurrence of certain specified extraordinary corporate transactions or events; and provided, further, that options granted to non-employee directors shall become exercisable in full upon the retirement of the non-employee director from the Board at age 65 with at least five years of service as a director of Walter Investment. The maximum term of each option granted to a non-employee director shall be ten years from the date the option is granted. The 2009 LTIP also provides that the Board may, in its discretion, make additional option and dividend equivalent grants to non-employee directors from time to time. The terms of each option or dividend equivalent granted to a non-employee


Table of Contents

11

director will be set forth in a written agreement between Walter Investment and the non-employee director consistent with the terms of the 2009 LTIP.
           Discretionary Grants . The 2009 LTIP provides that the Committee may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, performance awards, stock payments and other stock related benefits, or any combination thereof, to any eligible employee or consultant. In addition, the Board may grant non-qualified stock options and dividend equivalents to non-employee directors under the 2009 LTIP. Each such award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.
           Types of Awards . The Committee may award non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents, and stock payments, in each case subject to compliance with applicable laws.
           Change of Control . Upon a change in control of Walter Investment, each outstanding award granted under the 2009 LTIP will, immediately prior to the effective date of the change in control, automatically fully vest and become fully exercisable.
           Expiration . No award may be granted under the 2009 LTIP after the expiration of 10 years from the effective date of the plan, however awards granted prior to such date may extend beyond such expiration date.
           Amendment . The 2009 LTIP may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the plan’s administrator, but no amendment, suspension or termination of the 2009 LTIP may alter or impair any rights or obligations of a participant under any award without his or her consent, unless the award itself otherwise expressly so provides.
Equity Awards to Non-Employee Directors and Certain Named Executive Officers . On April 20, Walter Investment issued equity awards to its non-employee directors under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan (the “1999 EIP”) and the 2009 Long-Term Incentive Award Plan (the “2009 LTIP”). Copies of 1999 EIP and the 2009 LTIP are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.1.23 and 10.1.22 respectively. Walter Investment’s non-employee directors are entitled to automatic grants of stock options to acquire Walter Investment common stock under both the 1999 EIP and the 2009 LTIP. The 1999 EIP provides for a one-time grant of an option to acquire 2,000 shares of Walter Investment’s common stock which are fully vested as of the date of grant. Walter Investment also issued to each non-employee director an option to acquire shares of Walter Investment’s common stock having an aggregate value of $20,000, which award vests in three equal installments on the first, second, and third anniversary of the date of grant. In addition, certain executive officers held options and restricted stock units to acquire shares of Walter Industries common stock which will be terminated by Walter Industries in connection of the Merger. Walter Investment shall provide each of these officers with a replacement award denominated in shares of Walter Investment’s common stock having the same economic value as the terminated Walter Industries awards and the same vesting schedule as provided under the Walter Industries awards.
Agreement of Mr. O’Brien . Mr. O’Brien’s letter agreement (the “O’Brien Agreement”) provides for a term of three years commencing on October 1, 2008. Under the O’Brien Agreement, Mr. O’Brien is entitled to an annual base salary of $500,000, subject to such periodic increases as may be approved by the Committee. Mr. O’Brien is also entitled to an annual target bonus of 75% of his base salary, with a potential maximum annual bonus payment of 200% of base salary or $1 million. In addition, Mr. O’Brien is entitled to participate in Walter Investment’s group life and health insurance benefit plans and retirement plan generally applicable to similarly situated executives of Walter Investment. Mr. O’Brien is entitled to four weeks of vacation annually as well as reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses, along with a monthly auto allowance of $2,000. Mr. O’Brien is also entitled to participate in Walter Investment’s long term incentive plan, with an annual incentive opportunity of $600,000. Vesting of the awards under Walter Investment’s long term incentive plan will accelerate upon Mr. O’Brien’s death, disability, termination of his employment by Walter Investment without cause, his constructive termination, or upon a change in ownership or effective control of Walter Investment or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of Walter Investment within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(i)(5). Mr. O’Brien is entitled to a fully vested equity award equal to 2.5% of the total outstanding equity of Walter Investment to be issued no earlier than the third anniversary of the effective time of the merger. In addition, Mr. O’Brien is


Table of Contents

12

entitled to receive dividend equivalents in cash until the end of the deferral period. In accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(e), the dividend equivalents will be treated separately from Mr. O’Brien’s right to the 2.5% stock interest and the dividend equivalents, if any, must be paid contemporaneously with actual dividends, if any, but at least annually. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the deferral period will terminate and Walter Investment will immediately issue to Mr. O’Brien (or his estate, as applicable) the 2.5% stock interest upon his death or disability, upon his involuntary termination of employment for any reason other than for cause, or upon a change in the ownership or effective control of Walter Investment or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of Walter Investment within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(i)(5). In the event of termination other than for cause, resignation following a significant diminution in pay or responsibilities, a material breach of the terms of the agreement, disability, death, or a forced relocation of more than 50 miles from Walter Investment’s, Tampa, Florida location, Mr. O’Brien will be entitled to continued participation in Walter Investment’s benefit plans until the earlier of (i) the 18 month anniversary of the termination date or (ii) the date on which he becomes eligible to receive comparable benefits from subsequent employment. The O’Brien Agreement also provides that for a period of eighteen months following any termination of employment thereunder, he will be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation provisions. Mr. O’Brien will also be bound by a non-disparagement provision following his termination of employment under this agreement for any reason for as long as Walter Investment or any affiliate, successor or assigns carries on the same business. If any payment under the agreement or any other agreement with Walter Investment results in the imposition of any excise or additional tax on Mr. O’Brien, Walter Investment will make an additional payment to Mr. O’Brien to cover the full cost of such excise or additional tax payment so that he is in the same after-tax position had he not been subject to the excise or additional tax. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the O’Brien Agreement.
Agreement of Mr. Cauthen . Mr. Cauthen’s letter agreement (the “Cauthen Agreement”), of no specified duration, entitles him to an annual base salary of $400,000, subject to such periodic adjustments as may be approved by the Committee. Mr. Cauthen is also entitled to an annual target bonus payment of 70% of his base salary. Mr. Cauthen is also entitled to participate in Walter Investment’s group life and health insurance benefit plans and retirement plan generally applicable to similarly situated executives. In addition, Mr. Cauthen is entitled to 30 days of vacation annually as well as reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses, along with a monthly auto allowance of $1,500. Mr. Cauthen is entitled to participate in Walter Investment’s long term incentive plan, with an annual incentive opportunity of $400,000. Mr. Cauthen is entitled to a fully vested equity award equal to 0.833% of the total outstanding equity of Walter Investment to be issued no earlier than the third anniversary of the effective time of the merger. In addition, Mr. Cauthen is entitled to receive dividend equivalents in cash until the end of the deferral period. In accordance with Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(e), the dividend equivalents will be treated separately from Mr. Cauthen’s right to the 0.833% stock interest and the dividend equivalents, if any, must be paid contemporaneously with actual dividends, if any, but at least annually. In the event of termination other than for cause, resignation following a significant diminution in pay or responsibilities, a material breach of the terms of the agreement, or a forced relocation of more than 50 miles from Walter Investment’s, Tampa, Florida location, Mr. Cauthen will be entitled to (a) eighteen months of base salary continuation and target bonus, including his monthly auto allowance, and (b) continued participation in Walter Investment’s benefit plans until the earlier of (i) the 18 month anniversary of the termination date or (ii) the date on which he becomes eligible to receive comparable benefits from subsequent employment. The Cauthen Agreement also provides that for a period of eighteen months following any termination of employment thereunder he will be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation provisions. Mr. Cauthen will also be bound by a non-disparagement provision following his termination of employment under this agreement for any reason for as long as Walter Investment or any affiliate, successor or assigns carries on the same business. If any payment under the Cauthen Agreement or any other agreement with Walter Investment results in the imposition of any excise or additional tax on Mr. Cauthen, Walter Investment will make an additional payment to Mr. Cauthen to cover the full cost of such excise or additional tax payment so that he is in the same after-tax position had he not been subject to the excise or additional tax. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Cauthen Agreement.
Agreement of Ms. Perez . Kimberly Perez’s letter agreement (the “Perez Agreement”), dated December 23, 2008, and which has no specified duration, entitles her to an annual base salary of $236,010, subject to such periodic adjustments as may be approved by the Committee. Ms. Perez is also entitled to an annual target bonus payment of 60% of her base salary. Ms. Perez is also entitled to participate in Walter Investment’s group life and health insurance benefit plans and retirement plan generally applicable to similarly situated executives. In addition, Ms. Perez is entitled to four weeks of vacation annually as well as reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket business


Table of Contents

13

expenses, along with a monthly auto allowance of $1,000. Ms. Perez is entitled to participate in Walter Investment’s long term incentive plan. In the event of termination other than for cause, resignation following a significant diminution in duties or responsibilities, a material breach of the terms of the agreement, or a forced relocation of more than 50 miles from Walter Investment’s, Tampa, Florida location, Ms. Perez will be entitled to (a) twelve months of base salary continuation and target bonus, including her monthly auto allowance, and (b) continued participation in Walter Investment’s benefit plans until the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of the termination date or (ii) the date on which she becomes eligible to receive comparable benefits from subsequent employment. The Perez Agreement also provides that for a period of twelve months following any termination of employment thereunder she will be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation provisions. Ms. Perez will also be bound by a non-disparagement provision following her termination of employment under this agreement for any reason for as long as Walter Investment or any affiliate, successor or assigns carries on the same business. If any payment under the Perez Agreement or any other agreement with Walter Investment results in the imposition of any excise or additional tax on Ms. Perez, Walter Investment will make an additional payment to Ms. Perez to cover the full cost of such excise or additional tax payment so that she is in the same after-tax position had she not been subject to the excise or additional tax. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Perez Agreement.
Agreements of Mr. Burchett and Ms. Irma N. Tavares . On September 30, 2008, Walter Investment and each of Mr. Burchett and Ms. Irma N. Tavares entered into amended employment agreements, as further amended on February 12, 2009 (together the “Employment Agreements”), to reflect the Merger Agreement. The Employment Agreements are designed to encourage the executive’s full attention and dedication to Walter Investment in the event of any threatened or pending change in control. These agreements provide for an annual base salary of $393,585.00 for Mr. Burchett and $319,625.52 for Ms. Tavares. These base salaries could be increased, but not decreased, annually at the discretion of the Committee for merit increases and other salary adjustments, among other things. Each of these employment agreements has a three-year term. Each of Mr. Burchett and Ms. Tavares is entitled to participate in any and all bonus plans adopted by the Committee for executive officers of Walter Investment, as well as the 1997 Executive and Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (which has since expired) and the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan and any and all other equity compensation plans adopted by the board of directors of Walter Investment for the employees of Walter Investment and its subsidiaries. Mr. Burchett is also entitled to $2 million in term life insurance and Ms. Tavares is entitled to $1.5 million in term life insurance. In addition, these officers are entitled to club dues and certain disability insurance supplements. These executive officers would be entitled to certain payments and benefits if a change in control were to occur and Walter Investment or its affiliates terminated the executive’s employment without ''cause’’ or the executive terminated his employment with Walter Investment or its affiliates for ''good reason’’ following such change in control. Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreements, Mr. Burchett’s and Ms. Tavares’s duties and responsibilities are to assist Walter Investment in the post-merger integration process. The Employment Agreements eliminate the one-year ''non-competition’’ covenants in the employment agreements and also extend the period (from 90 days following a change in control to twelve months following a change in control) during which Mr. Burchett and Ms. Tavares may terminate employment following a change in control due to ''good reason’’ and remain entitled to receive the severance benefits as provided in the prior employment agreements. This summary is being furnished to provide information regarding certain terms of the agreements and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Employment Agreements.
Item 5.03   Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws
          Walter Investment’s charter generally provides that both the board of directors and stockholders have the power to fill any vacancies on the board. Under the MGCL and Walter Investment’s charter, directors elected by Walter Investment’s board of directors to fill a vacancy on its board of directors will serve only until the next annual meeting of Walter Investment’s stockholders, regardless of the remaining term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred. These provisions of Walter Investment’s charter have not been amended; however, the filing of the Articles Supplementary in connection with the Subtitle 8 Elections described in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated into this Item 5.03 by reference, vests in Walter Investment’s board of directors the exclusive power to fill vacancies on the board and provide that directors elected to fill a vacancy on the board will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred. As a result of this election, Walter Investment’s stockholders no longer have the power to elect directors to fill vacancies on the board.
          Walter Investment’s charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of any series of stock separately entitled to elect one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause, and then only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors voting as a single class. Provisions of Walter Investment’s charter have not been amended; however, the filing of the Articles Supplementary in connection with the Subtitle 8 Elections, results in the requirement that the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors is necessary to remove a director.
          The foregoing description of Walter Investment’s charter does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of Walter Investment’s charter, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1.25 hereto and incorporated into this report by reference.
Item 8.01   Other Events
          In addition to the agreements set forth in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, as a result of the Merger, Walter Investment also became a successor party to the following agreements entered into by Spinco prior to the Merger:
Trademark License Agreement . On April 17, 2009, Spinco entered into a Trademark License Agreement dated as of April 17, 2009 with Walter Industries (the “ Trademark License ”), pursuant to which Spinco was granted, and Walter Investment acquired by operation of law as successor to the rights and obligations of Spinco, a paid-up, perpetual, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except to affiliates) license to use certain variations and/or acronyms of the “Walter”, “Best Insurors” and “Mid-State” names in connection with mortgage finance, lending, insurance and reinsurance services, and financial services related thereto, in the United States. In addition, Walter Industries caused to be granted to Spinco and its subsidiaries a paid-up, non-transferable right to maintain certain domain name registrations for the purpose of operating websites directed to customers in the United States in connection with the


Table of Contents

14

above services. Spinco and its subsidiaries may sublicense to third parties only in connection with the operation of their own businesses. Walter Industries agreed not to use or license others to use the “Walter” name immediately adjacent to words that would convey services like those to be offered by Spinco, including “Mortgage,” “Reinsurance,” “Investment,” “Finance,” or “Bank,” for use in connection with such services.
          The foregoing description of the Trademark License does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Trademark License, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1.6 hereto, and incorporated into this report by reference.
Transition Services Agreement . On April 17, 2009, Spinco entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Walter Industries (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”), pursuant to which Walter Industries and certain of its subsidiaries will provide to Walter Investment (as successor to Spinco), and Walter Investment will provide to Walter Industries and its subsidiaries, certain transitional services following the spin-off and the Merger. Prior to the Merger, Walter Industries and its subsidiaries provided to, or shared with, the financing business of Spinco, a range of management, operational and technical services related to the conduct of the Spinco financing business. Following the spin-off and Merger, Walter Industries will provide to Walter Investment certain tax, legal, treasury and accounting services, human resources services, information technology and communications systems and support, and Walter Investment will provide certain accounting services and tax-related services to Walter Industries. Each of Walter Industries and Walter Investment will provide these services for a limited duration, in all cases not expected to exceed 24 months, with the precise term of each service set forth in the Transition Services Agreement. However, Walter Industries and Walter Investment, in their respective capacities as recipients of services provided under the agreement, have the right to terminate any or all services they are receiving upon 30 days written notice.
          The foregoing description of the Transition Services Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Transition Services Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1.7 hereto, and incorporated into this report by reference.
Tax Separation Agreement . On April 17, 2009, Spinco entered into a Tax Separation Agreement dated as of April 17, 2009 with Walter Industries ( the “ Tax Separation Agreement ”), pursuant to which Spinco (and Walter Investment, as successor to Spinco) will make payments to Walter Industries, with respect to the 2008 tax year and the portion of the 2009 tax year ending on the date of the spin-off, during which Spinco, Walter Mortgage Company (“ WMC ”), Walter Investment Reinsurance Co. Ltd (“ WIRC ”) and Best Insurors, Inc. (“ Best ”) were included in, or were members of, the consolidated federal income tax group or any combined state or local income tax group with Walter Industries or any subsidiary of Walter Industries, equal to the amount of taxes such entities would have paid if they had filed separate tax returns in such jurisdictions rather than having been a consolidated or combined subsidiary of Walter Industries with respect to such taxes. With respect to any other taxable years in which WMC, WIRC and Best were included in, or were members of the consolidated federal income tax group or any combined state or local income tax group with Walter Industries or any subsidiary of Walter Industries, Walter Industries retains any liability for adjustments to the U.S. federal income or state combined income taxes of the applicable group for such years (including any interest or penalties applicable thereto) resulting from an audit or other settlement or compromise with any taxing authority, even if such taxes relate to Spinco, WMC, WIRC or Best. Walter Investment, as successor to Spinco, is responsible for Spinco’s share of any such income tax liabilities (including any interest or penalties applicable thereto) attributable to adjustments other than as a result of an audit or other settlement or compromise with any tax authority but only where such liabilities are attributable to misleading or inaccurate information provided by Spinco or any of its subsidiaries to Walter Industries (or the failure by any such entity to provide material information to Walter Industries).
          Additionally, Walter Investment, as successor to Spinco, will remain liable for any taxes imposed on Spinco or its subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which Spinco did not join with Walter Industries in a combined or consolidated group for income tax purposes (and with respect to any taxes other than income taxes). The Tax Separation Agreement also provides that if, as a result of certain adjustments, Spinco (or Walter Investment, as successor to Spinco) is required to pay an additional dividend (other than the taxable dividend declared in connection with the spin-off and merger) in order to maintain its REIT status for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Walter Industries will be required to reimburse Spinco (or Walter Investment, as successor to Spinco) for a portion of such additional dividend. Walter Industries continues to have all the rights of a parent of a consolidated group


Table of Contents

15

(and similar rights provided for by applicable state and local law with respect to a parent of a combined, consolidated or unitary group), is the sole and exclusive agent for Spinco and its subsidiaries in any and all matters relating to the combined, consolidated or unitary federal, state and local income tax liabilities of Spinco and its affiliates, has sole and exclusive responsibility for the preparation and filing of consolidated federal income and consolidated or combined state and local tax returns (or amended returns), and has the power, in its sole discretion, to contest or compromise any asserted tax adjustment or deficiency and to file, litigate or compromise any claim for refund on behalf of Spinco and its subsidiaries related to any such combined, consolidated or unitary (as applicable) federal, state or local tax return. Walter Investment, as successor to Spinco, is responsible for the preparation and filing of all other tax returns that relate to Spinco and its subsidiaries. Both parties have agreed in the tax separation agreement to assist each other in the preparation of such returns that relate to periods prior to the spin-off.
          Each member of a consolidated group is severally liable for the U.S. federal income tax liability of each other member of the consolidated group for any year in which it is a member of the group at any time during such year. Accordingly, although the Tax Separation Agreement allocates tax liabilities between Spinco and Walter Industries, for any period during which Spinco or its subsidiaries were included in the Walter Industries consolidated group, Spinco or its subsidiaries could be liable for tax liabilities not allocated to it under the Tax Separation Agreement in the event that any U.S. federal income tax liability is not discharged by any other member of the Walter Industries consolidated group. In addition, the Tax Separation Agreement provides that in the event that the spin-off is not tax-free pursuant to Section 355 of the Code, Spinco (or Walter Investment, as successor to Spinco) will generally be responsible for any taxes incurred by Walter Industries or its stockholders if such taxes result from certain actions or omissions by Spinco (or its subsidiaries) and for a percentage of any such taxes that are not a result of Spinco’s (or its subsidiaries) actions or omissions or Walter Industries’ actions or omissions.
          The foregoing description of the Tax Separation Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Tax Separation Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1.8 hereto, and incorporated into this report by reference.
Joint Litigation Agreement . On April 17, 2009, Spinco and Walter Industries entered into a Joint Litigation Agreement dated as of April 17, 2009 with Walter Industries (the “ Joint Litigation Agreement ”), allocating responsibilities with respect to, and liabilities arising from, any existing or future claims against Spinco, Walter Industries and their subsidiaries. In addition, the Joint Litigation Agreement provides, where available, for sharing of insurance coverage and third party indemnification. In general, the Joint Litigation Agreement allocates liability for claims to Spinco or Walter Industries based on the post-spin-off ownership of the businesses or operations from which the liabilities arise. Thus, Walter Investment (as successor to Spinco) will generally assume responsibility for such liabilities arising primarily out of the financing business, and Walter Industries will generally retain responsibility for liabilities unrelated to Spinco as of the date of the spin-off, including liabilities related to Walter Industries’ homebuilding business. To the extent that Walter Industries and Spinco are jointly named in a claim, the agreement will provide that the parties will cooperate to defend or settle such claim and allocate the liability arising from such claim between Spinco and Walter Industries in good faith.
          The foregoing description of the Joint Litigation Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Joint Litigation Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1.9 hereto, and incorporated into this report by reference.
Item 9.01   Financial Statements and Exhibits
(a) Financial statements of business acquired
          The audited balance sheets of JWHHC as of December 31 2007, and the audited statements of operations and cash flows of JWHHC as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and for the years then ended were previously reported as part of Hanover’s Proxy Statement/Prospectus and, accordingly, are not required to be filed herewith pursuant to General Instruction B.3 of Form 8-K.
          Walter Investment intends to file the audited financial statements of JWHHC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the unaudited financial statements of JWHHC as of and for the three months ended March


Table of Contents

16

31, 2008 and 2007 under cover of Form 8-K/A no later than 71 calendar days after the date this Current Report on Form 8-K was required to be filed, or July 3, 2009.
(b) Pro Forma Financial Information
          Walter Investment intends to file the pro forma financial information required by this Item 9.01(b) for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 under cover of Form 8-K/A no later than 71 calendar days after the date this Current Report on form 8-K was required to be filed, or July 3, 2009.
(d) Exhibits
             
Exhibit        
   No.   Note   Description
2.1
    (1 )   Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, between Walter Industries, Inc., JWH Holding Company, LLC, Walter Investment Management LLC, and Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., dated February 6, 2009.
 
           
2.2
    (2 )   Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, between Walter Industries, Inc., JWH Holding Company, LLC, Walter Investment Management LLC, and Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., dated February 17, 2009.
 
           
10.1.1
    (3 )   Revolving Credit Agreement between Walter Investment Management Corp., as borrower, Regions Bank, as syndication agent, SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent, and the additional lenders thereto, dated as of April 20, 2009.
 
           
10.1.2
    (3 )   Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement by and among Walter Investment Management Corp., each of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule I thereto, SunTrust Bank as administrative agent, and the additional lenders thereto, dated April 20, 2009.
 
           
10.1.3
    (3 )   Revolving Credit Agreement and Security Agreement, between Walter Investment Management Corp. as borrower, and Walter Industries, Inc. as lender, dated as of April 20, 2009.
 
           
10.1.4
    (3 )   L/C Support Agreement among Walter Investment Management Corp. and certain of its subsidiaries and Walter Industries, Inc., dated April 20, 2009.
 
           
10.1.5
    (3 )   Assignment of Software License Agreement, by and among JWH Holding Company, LLC, Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., and Walter Investment Management LLC, dated April 17, 2009.
 
           
10.1.6
    (3 )   Trademark License Agreement, between Walter Industries, Inc. and Walter Investment Management LLC, dated April 17, 2009.
 
           
10.1.7
    (3 )   Transition Services Agreement, between Walter Industries, Inc. and Walter Investment Management LLC, dated April 17, 2009.
 
           
10.1.8
    (3 )   Tax Separation Agreement, between Walter Industries, Inc. and Walter Investment Management LLC, dated April 17, 2009.
 
           
10.1.9
    (3 )   Joint Litigation Agreement, between Walter Industries, Inc. and Walter Investment Management LLC, dated April 17, 2009
 
           
10.1.10
    (4 )   Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, between Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. and JWH Holding Company, LLC, dated February 6, 2009.
 
           
10.1.11
    (5 )   Securities Account Control Agreement, by and among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., JWH Holding Company, LLC, and Regions Bank, as Securities Intermediary, dated September 25, 2008.
 
           
10.1.12
    (6 )   Exchange Agreement between Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. and Taberna Preferred Funding I, Ltd, dated September 30, 2008, as amended on February 6, 2009.
 
           
10.1.13
    (7 )   Exchange Agreement between Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. and Amster Trading Company and Ramat Securities, LTD dated September 30, 2008, as amended on February 6, 2009.
 
           
10.1.14
    (3 )   Joint Direction and Release, by and among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., Hanover Statutory Trust I, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.) as trustee, dated April 17, 2009.
 
           
10.1.15
    (3 )   Discharge Agreement, by and among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., Hanover Statutory Trust I, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.) as trustee, dated April 17, 2009.


Table of Contents

17

             
Exhibit        
    No.   Note   Description
10.1.16
    (8 )   Amended and Restated Trust Agreement among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as property trustee, Chase Bank USA, N.A., as Delaware trustee, and certain administrative trustees, dated March 15, 2005.
 
           
10.1.17
    (9 )   Junior Subordinated Indenture, between Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., dated March 15, 2005.
 
           
10.1.18
    (3 )   Joint Direction and Release, by and among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., Hanover Statutory Trust II, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, dated April 17, 2009.
 
           
10.1.19
    (3 )   Discharge Agreement, by and among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., Hanover Statutory Trust II, Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, dated April 17, 2009.
 
           
10.1.20
    (10 )   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, and certain administrative trustees, dated November 4, 2005.
 
           
10.1.21
    (11 )   Junior Subordinated Indenture, between Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., and Wilmington Trust Company, dated November 4, 2005.
 
           
10.1.22
    (12 )   Form of 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan of Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc.
 
           
10.1.23
    (13 )   Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive Plan
 
           
10.1.24
    (14 )   Software License Agreement between Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. and JWH Holding Company, LLC, dated September 30, 2008.
 
           
10.1.25
    (3 )   Amended and Restated Charter of Walter Investment Management Corp.
 
           
16.1
    (3 )   Letter of Grant Thornton
             
                    
  Note   Notes to Exhibit Index
 
    (1 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 of Amendment No. 2 to Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 6, 2009.
 
           
 
    (2 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of Amendment No. 4 to Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2009.
 
           
 
    (3 )   Filed herewith.
 
           
 
    (4 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to Hanover’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2009.
 
           
 
    (5 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to Hanover’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1, 2008.
 
           
 
    (6 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to Hanover’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1, 2008.
 
           
 
    (7 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 to Hanover’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1, 2008.
 
           
 
    (8 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Hanover’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2005.
 
           
 
    (9 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Hanover’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2005.
 
           
 
    (10 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Hanover’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2006.
 
           
 
    (11 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Hanover’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2006.
 
           
 
    (12 )   Incorporated by reference to Annex J of Amendment No. 2 to Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 6, 2009.
 
           
 
    (13 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7.1 to Hanover’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2000.
 
           
 
    (14 )   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 of Hanover’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1, 2008.


Table of Contents

18

SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
         
  WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.
 
 
Date: April 23, 2009  By:   /s/ Stuart Boyd    
    Stuart Boyd, Vice President,   
    General Counsel and Secretary   
 
Exhibit 10.1.1
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of April 20, 2009
among
WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.,
as Borrower,
THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
REGIONS BANK,
as Syndication Agent
and
SUNTRUST BANK,
as Administrative Agent
 
SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.
and
REGIONS CAPITAL MARKETS, a division of Regions Bank,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Co-Book Managers

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
 
       
ARTICLE I
       
 
       
DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
    1  
Section 1.1. Definitions
    1  
Section 1.2. Classifications of Loans and Borrowings
    19  
Section 1.3. Accounting Terms and Determination
    19  
Section 1.4. Terms Generally
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE II
       
 
       
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS
    20  
Section 2.1. General Description of Facilities
    20  
Section 2.2. Revolving Loans
    20  
Section 2.3. Procedure for Revolving Borrowings
    20  
Section 2.4. Swingline Commitment
    20  
Section 2.5. Funding of Borrowings
    22  
Section 2.6. Interest Elections
    22  
Section 2.7. Reduction and Termination of Commitments
    23  
Section 2.8. Repayment of Loans
    24  
Section 2.9. Evidence of Indebtedness
    24  
Section 2.10. Optional Prepayments
    24  
Section 2.11. Mandatory Prepayments
    25  
Section 2.12. Interest on Loans
    25  
Section 2.13. Fees
    26  
Section 2.14. Computation of Interest and Fees
    27  
Section 2.15. Inability to Determine Interest Rates
    27  
Section 2.16. Illegality
    27  
Section 2.17. Increased Costs
    28  
Section 2.18. Funding Indemnity
    28  
Section 2.19. Taxes
    29  
Section 2.20. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs
    30  
Section 2.21. Letters of Credit
    32  
Section 2.22. Cash Collateralization of Defaulting Lender Commitment
    35  
Section 2.23. Mitigation of Obligations
    36  
Section 2.24. Replacement of Lenders
    36  
Section 2.25. Support Letter of Credit
    37  
 
       
ARTICLE III
       
 
       
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
    37  
Section 3.1. Conditions To Effectiveness
    37  
Section 3.2. Each Credit Event
    39  
Section 3.3. Delivery of Documents
    40  

 


 

         
    Page
 
       
ARTICLE IV
       
 
       
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    40  
Section 4.1. Existence; Power
    40  
Section 4.2. Organizational Power; Authorization
    40  
Section 4.3. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts
    41  
Section 4.4. Financial Statements
    41  
Section 4.5. Litigation and Environmental Matters
    41  
Section 4.6. Compliance with Laws and Agreements
    42  
Section 4.7. Investment Company Act, Etc.
    42  
Section 4.8. Taxes
    42  
Section 4.9. Margin Regulations
    42  
Section 4.10. ERISA
    42  
Section 4.11. Ownership of Property
    42  
Section 4.12. Disclosure
    43  
Section 4.13. Labor Relations
    43  
Section 4.14. Subsidiaries
    43  
Section 4.15. Solvency
    43  
Section 4.16. OFAC
    44  
Section 4.17. Patriot Act
    44  
 
       
ARTICLE V
       
 
       
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    44  
Section 5.1. Financial Statements and Other Information
    44  
Section 5.2. Notices of Material Events
    45  
Section 5.3. Existence; Conduct of Business
    46  
Section 5.4. Compliance with Laws, Etc.
    46  
Section 5.5. Payment of Obligations
    46  
Section 5.6. Books and Records
    46  
Section 5.7. Visitation, Inspection, Etc.
    47  
Section 5.8. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance
    47  
Section 5.9. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit
    47  
Section 5.10. Maintenance of Support Letter of Credit
    47  
Section 5.11. Additional Subsidiaries
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE VI
       
 
       
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
    47  
Section 6.1. Minimum Unencumbered Assets
    47  
Section 6.2. Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio
    48  
Section 6.3. Maximum Portfolio Loss Ratio
    48  
Section 6.4. Maximum Portfolio Delinquency Rate
    48  
 
       
ii

 


 

         
    Page
 
       
ARTICLE VII
       
 
       
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    48  
Section 7.1. Indebtedness and Preferred Equity
    48  
Section 7.2. Negative Pledge
    49  
Section 7.3. Fundamental Changes
    49  
Section 7.4. Investments, Loans, Etc.
    50  
Section 7.5. Restricted Payments
    50  
Section 7.6. Sale of Assets
    51  
Section 7.7. Transactions with Affiliates
    51  
Section 7.8. Restrictive Agreements
    51  
Section 7.9. Sale and Leaseback Transactions
    52  
Section 7.10. Hedging Transactions
    52  
Section 7.11. Amendment to Material Documents
    52  
Section 7.12. Accounting Changes
    52  
Section 7.13. Government Regulation
    52  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII
       
 
       
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
    52  
Section 8.1. Events of Default
    52  
 
       
ARTICLE IX
       
 
       
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
    55  
Section 9.1. Appointment of Administrative Agent
    55  
Section 9.2. Nature of Duties of Administrative Agent
    55  
Section 9.3. Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent
    56  
Section 9.4. Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent
    56  
Section 9.5. Reliance by Administrative Agent
    56  
Section 9.6. The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity
    56  
Section 9.7. Successor Administrative Agent
    57  
Section 9.8. Withholding Tax
    57  
Section 9.9. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
    58  
Section 9.10. Authorization to Execute other Loan Documents
    58  
Section 9.11. Syndication Agent
    58  
 
       
ARTICLE X
       
 
       
MISCELLANEOUS
    59  
Section 10.1. Notices
    59  
Section 10.2. Waiver; Amendments
    61  
Section 10.3. Expenses; Indemnification
    62  
Section 10.4. Successors and Assigns
    64  
Section 10.5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    67  
Section 10.6. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    67  
Section 10.7. Right of Setoff
    68  
Section 10.8. Counterparts; Integration
    68  
Section 10.9. Survival
    68  
Section 10.10. Severability
    69  
 
       
iii

 


 

         
    Page
 
       
Section 10.11. Confidentiality
    69  
Section 10.12. Interest Rate Limitation
    69  
Section 10.13. Waiver of Effect of Corporate Seal
    70  
Section 10.14. Patriot Act
    70  
Section 10.15. Location of Closing
    70  
Schedules
             
 
  Schedule I   -   Commitment Amounts
 
  Schedule 4.5(a)   -   Litigation
 
  Schedule 4.5(b)   -   Environmental Matters
 
  Schedule 4.8   -   Tax Assessments
 
  Schedule 4.14   -   Subsidiaries
 
  Schedule 7.1   -   Outstanding Indebtedness
 
  Schedule 7.2   -   Existing Liens
 
  Schedule 7.4   -   Existing Investments
 
  Schedule 10.1   -   Borrower’s URL
Exhibits
             
 
  Exhibit A   -   Form of Assignment and Acceptance
 
  Exhibit B   -   Form of Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement
 
  Exhibit C   -   Form of Support Letter of Credit
 
           
 
  Exhibit 2.3   -   Form of Notice of Revolving Borrowing
 
  Exhibit 2.4   -   Form of Notice of Swingline Borrowing
 
  Exhibit 2.6   -   Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
 
  Exhibit 3.1(b)(v)   -   Form of Secretary’s Certificate
 
  Exhibit 5.1(c)   -   Form of Compliance Certificate
 
           
iv

 


 

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
           THIS REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of April 20, 2009, by and among WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP., a Maryland corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party hereto (the “ Lenders ”), and SUNTRUST BANK, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”) and as swingline lender (in such capacity, the “ Swingline Lender ”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
           WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders establish a $15,000,000 revolving credit facility in favor of the Borrower;
           WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender are willing severally to establish the requested revolving credit facility, letter of credit subfacility and swingline subfacility in favor of the Borrower.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
      Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the other terms defined herein, the following terms used herein shall have the meanings herein specified (to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
          “ Account ” shall mean the obligations of any Mortgage Obligor under an Account Note, together with the related Mortgage.
          “ Account Note ” shall mean the original note, building or sales contract, loan agreement, if applicable, or other evidence of indebtedness executed by an Mortgage Obligor that evidences the indebtedness of such Mortgage Obligor under an Account.
          “ Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing, the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) LIBOR for such Interest Period by (ii) a percentage equal to 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
          “ Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the opening paragraph hereof.
          “ Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, an administrative questionnaire in the form prepared by the Administrative Agent and submitted to the Administrative Agent duly completed by such Lender.
          “ Affiliate ” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “Control” shall mean the power, directly or indirectly, either to (i) vote 5% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of a Person or (ii) direct or cause the direction of the management

 


 

and policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by control or otherwise. The terms “Controlling”, “Controlled by”, and “under common Control with” have the meanings correlative thereto.
          “ Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount ” shall mean the aggregate principal amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments from time to time. On the Closing Date, the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount is $15,000,000.
          “ Aggregate Revolving Commitments ” shall mean, collectively, all Revolving Commitments of all Lenders at any time outstanding.
          “ Anti-Terrorism Order ” shall mean Executive Order 13224, signed by President George W. Bush on September 24, 2001.
          “ Applicable Lending Office ” shall mean, for each Lender and for each Type of Loan, the “Lending Office” of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) designated for such Type of Loan in the Administrative Questionnaire submitted by such Lender or such other office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the office by which its Loans of such Type are to be made and maintained.
          “ Applicable Margin ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to all Loans outstanding on any date or the letter of credit fee, as the case may be, the percentage per annum determined by reference to the applicable Credit Rating of the Support L/C Bank from time to time in effect as set forth below; provided , that a change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Credit Rating of the Support L/C Bank shall be effective on the day on which either rating agency changes its rating and shall continue until the day prior to the day that a further change becomes effective. The initial Applicable Margin shall be at Level I.
             
    Credit Rating of   Applicable Margin for    
Pricing   the Support L/C   Eurodollar Loans and   Applicable Margin for
Level   Bank   Letter of Credit Fee   Base Rate Loans
I  
A2 or higher/A or higher
  4.00% per annum   3.00% per annum
II  
Less than A2/A
  5.00% per annum   4.00% per annum
     The “Credit Rating” shall mean the Bank Deposit Rating assigned to the Support L/C Bank, and any rating assigned to any other obligation of the Support L/C Bank shall be disregarded. The Credit Rating in effect on any date is that in effect at the close of business on such date. If the Credit Rating is split-rated and (1) the ratings differential is one category, the lower of the two ratings will apply or (2) the ratings differential is more than one category, the rate shall be determined by reference to the category next above that of the lower of the two ratings. If the Support L/C Bank has a Bank Deposit Rating from either Moody’s or S&P but not both, then the Credit Rating shall be determined by reference to the Bank Deposit Rating of such agency; if Support L/C Bank does not have a Bank Deposit Rating from either Moody’s or S&P, then the Credit Rating shall be determined by reference to Level II.
          “ Approved Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar

2


 

extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
          “ Asset Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Merger Agreement.
          “ Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.4(b) ) and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
          “ Availability Period shall mean the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.
          “ Bank Deposit Rating ” shall mean the rating assigned by either Moody’s or S&P with respect to a bank’s ability to repay punctually its foreign and/or domestic currency deposit obligations.
          “ Base Rate ” shall mean the highest of (i) the rate which the Administrative Agent announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time, (ii) the Federal Funds rate, as in effect from time to time, plus one-half of one percent ( 1 / 2 %) per annum and (iii) the Eurodollar Rate determined on a daily basis for an Interest Period of one (1) month, plus one percent (1.00%) per annum (any changes in such rates to be effective as of the date of any change in such rate). The Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. The Administrative Agent may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above, or below the Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate.
          “ Borrower ” shall have the meaning in the introductory paragraph hereof.
          “ Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of (i) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (ii) a Swingline Loan.
          “ Business Day ” shall mean (i) any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Atlanta, Georgia are authorized or required by law to close and (ii) if such day relates to a Borrowing of, a payment or prepayment of principal or interest on, a conversion of or into, or an Interest Period for, a Eurodollar Loan or a notice with respect to any of the foregoing, any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market.
          “ Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person shall mean all obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) of real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capital Stock ” shall mean all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests, membership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

3


 

          “ Cash Collateralize ” shall mean, in respect of any obligations, to provide and pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral for such obligations in Dollars, with a depository institution, and pursuant to documentation in form and substance, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and “ Cash Collateralization ” has a corresponding meaning).
          “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower to any Person or “group” (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder in effect on the date hereof), (ii) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or “group” (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) of 30% or more of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the Borrower, or (iii) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (a) nominated by the current board of directors nor (b) appointed by directors so nominated.
          “ Change in Law ” shall mean (i) the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (ii) any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof, by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement, or (iii) compliance by any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) or the Issuing Bank (or for purposes of Section 2.17(b ), by the parent corporation of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, if applicable) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.
          “ Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans and when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment or a Swingline Commitment.
          “ Closing Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.2 .
          “ Closing Date Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain fee letter, dated as of the date hereof, executed by SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. and SunTrust Bank and accepted by Borrower.
          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.
          “ Commitment ” shall mean a Revolving Commitment or a Swingline Commitment or any combination thereof (as the context shall permit or require).
          “ Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a certificate from the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer of the Borrower in the form of, and containing the certifications set forth in, the certificate attached hereto as Exhibit 5.1(c) .
          “ Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (ii) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, and without duplication, (A) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), (B) income tax expense determined on a consolidated

4


 

basis in accordance with GAAP, (C) depreciation and amortization determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and (D) all other non-cash charges acceptable to the Administrative Agent, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, in each case for such period.
          “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of (i) total interest expense, including without limitation the interest component of any payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations capitalized or expensed during such period (whether or not actually paid during such period) plus (ii) the net amount payable (or minus the net amount receivable) with respect to Hedging Transactions during such period (whether or not actually paid or received during such period).
          “ Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding therefrom (to the extent otherwise included therein) (i) any extraordinary gains or losses, (ii) any gains attributable to write-ups of assets, (iii) any equity interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in the unremitted earnings of any Person that is not a Subsidiary and (iv) any income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary on the date that such Person’s assets are acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
          “ Contractual Obligation ” of any Person shall mean any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking under which such Person is obligated or by which it or any of the property in which it has an interest is bound.
          “ Credit Rating ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Applicable Margin.
          “ Default ” shall mean any condition or event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
          “ Default Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.12 ( c ).
          “ Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, a Lender as to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that (i) such Lender has failed for three or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Loan, make a payment to the Issuing Bank in respect of a Letter of Credit and/or make a payment to the Swingline Lender in respect of a Swingline Loan (each a “ funding obligation ”), (ii) such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder, (iii) such Lender has, for three or more Business Days, failed to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, in response to a written request of the Administrative Agent, that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or (iv) a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Lender. Any determination that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (i) through (iv) above will be made by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion acting in good faith. The Administrative Agent will promptly send to all parties hereto a copy of any notice to the Borrower provided for in this definition.
          “ Delinquent Account ” shall mean an Account as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than thirty days (30) from the original Due Date for such payment, excluding (i) those Accounts owed by an Mortgage Obligor in a bankruptcy proceeding that is making payments on the Account in contractual compliance with the mortgage payment plan approved by the bankruptcy court and (ii) Accounts that have been foreclosed.

5


 

          “ Dollar(s) ” and the sign “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
          “ Due Date ” shall mean with respect to any Account, the date each month on which the Monthly Payment is payable.
          “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.
          “ Environmental Liability ” shall mean any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental investigation and remediation, costs of administrative oversight, fines, natural resource damages, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (i) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, (ii) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (iii) any actual or alleged exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (iv) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (v) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
          “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
          “ ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated), which, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for the purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
          “ ERISA Event ” shall mean (i) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (ii) the failure of any Plan to meet the minimum funding standard applicable to the Plan for a plan year under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (iii) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (iv) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (v) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator appointed by the PBGC of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (vi) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (vii) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
          “ Eurodollar ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
          “ Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” shall mean the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental, special or other marginal reserves) expressed as a decimal (rounded upwards to the next 1/100 th of 1%) in effect on any day to

6


 

which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate pursuant to regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities” under Regulation D). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D. The Eurodollar Reserve Percentage shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
          “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Article VIII .
          “ Excluded Taxes ” shall mean with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its Applicable Lending Office is located, or with respect to which the recipient of the payment has a present or former connection (other than a connection resulting solely from the transactions hereunder), (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Lender is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender, any withholding tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, (ii) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at any time that such Foreign Lender designates a new lending office, other than taxes that have accrued prior to the designation of such lending office that are otherwise not Excluded Taxes, or (iii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.19(e) .
          “ Federal Funds Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with member banks of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next succeeding Business Day or if such rate is not so published for any Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1% of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.
          “ Fiscal Quarter ” shall mean any fiscal quarter of the Borrower.
          “ Fiscal Year ” shall mean any fiscal year of the Borrower.
          “ Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is not a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
          “ GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis and subject to the terms of Section 1.3 .
          “ Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

7


 

          “ Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly and including any obligation, direct or indirect, of the guarantor (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (iv) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued in support of such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which Guarantee is made or, if not so stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
          “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
          “ Hedging Obligations ” of any Person shall mean any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired under (i) any and all Hedging Transactions, (ii) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Hedging Transactions and (iii) any and all renewals, extensions and modifications of any Hedging Transactions and any and all substitutions for any Hedging Transactions.
          “ Hedging Transaction ” of any Person shall mean (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect to any such transaction) now existing or hereafter entered into by such Person that is a rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, spot transaction, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
          “ Indebtedness ” of any Person shall mean, without duplication (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided , that for purposes of Section 8.1 ( f ), trade payables overdue by more than 120 days shall be included in this

8


 

definition except to the extent that any of such trade payables are being disputed in good faith and by appropriate measures), (iv) all obligations of such Person under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement(s) relating to property acquired by such Person, (v) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of letters of credit, acceptances or similar extensions of credit, (vii) all Guarantees of such Person of the type of Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, (viii) all Indebtedness of a third party secured by any Lien on property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (ix) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of such Person, (x) Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities and (xi) all Hedging Obligations. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent that the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.
          “ Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.
          “ Interest Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date to (ii) the sum of (A) Consolidated Interest Expense for the four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date (excluding Consolidated Interest Expense related to Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries), plus (B) if the Borrower fails to maintain its status as a REIT, the Restricted Payments on the common stock of the Borrower paid in cash for the four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date; provided , however , that for purposes of calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio (i) as of September 30, 2009, the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be measured for the single Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2009, (ii) December 31, 2009, the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be measured for the two Fiscal Quarter period ending December 31, 2009, and (iii) March 31, 2010, the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be measured for the three Fiscal Quarter period ending March 31, 2010.
          “ Interest Period shall mean with respect to (i) any Swingline Borrowing, such period as the Swingline Lender and the Borrower shall mutually agree and (ii) any Eurodollar Borrowing, a period of one, two, three or six months; provided, that:
     (i) the initial Interest Period for such Borrowing shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of another Type), and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;
     (ii) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period would end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (iii) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month; and
     (iv) no Interest Period may extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

9


 

          “ Issuing Bank ” shall mean SunTrust Bank in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.21 .
          “ LC Commitment ” shall mean that portion of the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount that may be used by the Borrower for the issuance of Letters of Credit in an aggregate face amount not to exceed $10,000,000.
          “ LC Disbursement ” shall mean a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
          “ LC Documents ” shall mean all applications, agreements and instruments relating to the Letters of Credit but excluding the Letters of Credit.
          “ LC Exposure ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total LC Exposure at such time.
          “ Lender Insolvency Event ” shall mean that (i) a Lender or its Parent Company is insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (ii) such Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.
          “ Lenders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the opening paragraph of this Agreement and shall include, where appropriate, the Swingline Lender.
          “ Letter of Credit ” shall mean any stand-by letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.21 by the Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrower pursuant to the LC Commitment.
          “ LIBOR ” shall mean, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time), two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason such rate is not available, LIBOR shall be, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Loan comprising part of such borrowing would be offered by the Administrative Agent to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at or about 10:00 a.m. (New York, New York time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period.
          “ Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, encumbrance, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, or other arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

10


 

          “ Loan Documents ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the LC Documents, the Closing Date Fee Letter, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, all Notices of Borrowing, all Notices of Conversion/Continuation, all Compliance Certificates, any promissory notes issued hereunder and any and all other instruments, agreements, documents and writings executed in connection with any of the foregoing.
          “ Loan Parties ” shall mean the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.
          “ Loans ” shall mean all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans in the aggregate or any of them, as the context shall require.
          “ Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender, and the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents; or (d) a material adverse effect upon the effect, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
          “ Material Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness (other than the Loans, Letters of Credit and Non-Recourse Indebtedness) and Hedging Obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, individually or in an aggregate committed or outstanding principal amount exceeding $5,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of attributed Indebtedness from Hedging Obligations, the “principal amount” of any Hedging Obligations at any time shall be the Net Mark-to-Market Exposure of such Hedging Obligations.
          “ Merger ” shall mean the merger of Walter Investment Management LLC into the Borrower, with the Borrower being the surviving corporation, in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.
          “ Merger Agreement ” shall mean that certain Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 6, 2009, among Walter Industries, JWH Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company wholly-owned by Walter Industries, Walter Investment Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company wholly-owned by Walter Industries and Borrower.
          “ Merger Documents ” shall mean the Merger Agreement and each of the “Executed Transaction Agreements” (as defined in the Merger Agreement).
          “ Monthly Payment shall mean with respect to any Account, the scheduled monthly payment payable to the holder of such Account in accordance with the terms of the related Account Note.
          “ Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
          “ Mortgage ” shall mean with respect to an Account, the original mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument executed by an Mortgage Obligor which creates a lien on real property securing an Account Note.
          “ Mortgage Obligor ” shall mean each Person who is indebted under an Account Note or who has acquired real property subject to the Mortgage securing an Account Note.

11


 

          “ Multiemployer Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
          “ Net Mark-to-Market Exposure ” of any Person shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to any Hedging Obligation, the excess (if any) of all unrealized losses over all unrealized profits of such Person arising from such Hedging Obligation. “Unrealized losses” shall mean the fair market value of the cost to such Person of replacing the Hedging Transaction giving rise to such Hedging Obligation as of the date of determination (assuming the Hedging Transaction were to be terminated as of that date), and “unrealized profits” means the fair market value of the gain to such Person of replacing such Hedging Transaction as of the date of determination (assuming such Hedging Transaction were to be terminated as of that date).
          “ Non-Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.
          “ Non-Recourse Indebtedness ” shall mean, for any Person, Indebtedness for borrowed money in respect of which recourse for payment is contractually limited to specific assets of such Person encumbered by a Lien securing such Indebtedness.
          “ Notices of Borrowing ” shall mean, collectively, the Notices of Revolving Borrowing and the Notices of Swingline Borrowing.
          “ Notice of Conversion/Continuation ” shall mean the notice given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in respect of the conversion or continuation of an outstanding Borrowing as provided in Section 2.6 ( b ).
          “ Notice of Revolving Borrowing ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.3 .
          “ Notice of Swingline Borrowing ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.4 .
          “ Obligations ” shall mean (a) all amounts owing by the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender (including the Swingline Lender), or SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. or Regions Capital Markets as Joint Lead Arrangers pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit including without limitation, all principal, interest (including any interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), all reimbursement obligations, fees, expenses, indemnification and reimbursement payments, costs and expenses (including all fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) incurred pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, now existing or hereafter arising hereunder or thereunder, (b) all Hedging Obligations owed by any Loan Party to any Lender or Affiliate of any Lender, and (c) all Treasury Management Obligations between any Loan Party and any Lender or Affiliate of any Lender, together with all renewals, extensions, modifications or refinancings of any of the foregoing.
          “ OFAC ” shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.
          “ Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities ” of any Person shall mean (i) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold by such Person, (ii) any

12


 

liability of such Person under any sale and leaseback transactions that do not create a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (iii) any Synthetic Lease Obligation or (iv) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheet of such Person.
          “ OSHA ” shall mean the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
          “ Other Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
          “ Parent Company ” shall mean, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.
          “ Participant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(d ).
          “ Patriot Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.14 .
          “ Payment Office ” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at 303 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308, or such other location as to which the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the Borrower and the other Lenders.
          “ PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA, and any successor entity performing similar functions.
          “ Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean:
     (i) Liens imposed by law for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;
     (ii) statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other Liens imposed by law in the ordinary course of business for amounts not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;
     (iii) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;
     (iv) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
     (v) judgment and attachment liens not giving rise to an Event of Default or Liens created by or existing from any litigation or legal proceeding that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

13


 

     (vi) customary rights of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or common law of banks or other financial institutions where Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains deposits (other than deposits intended as cash collateral) in the ordinary course of business; and
     (vii) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
      provided , that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.
          “ Permitted Investments ” shall mean:
     (i) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
     (ii) commercial paper having the highest rating, at the time of acquisition thereof, of S&P or Moody’s and in either case maturing within six months from the date of acquisition thereof;
     (iii) certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;
     (iv) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (i) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (iii) above; and
     (v) mutual funds investing solely in any one or more of the Permitted Investments described in clauses (i) through (iv) above.
          “ Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other entity, or any Governmental Authority.
          “ Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
          “ Portfolio Loss Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the sum of the realized portfolio losses for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to (ii) the average balance sheet portfolio balance for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries before allowances, in each case measured for the four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

14


 

          “ Portfolio Delinquency Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the average delinquency ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Delinquent Accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries compared to the average balance of Accounts for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case measured for the Fiscal Quarter ending on or immediately prior to such date, as reported in a manner consistent with past practice as of the Closing Date.
          “ Pro Rata Share ” shall mean (i) with respect to any Commitment of any Lender at any time, a percentage, the numerator of which shall be such Lender’s Commitment (or if such Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure), and the denominator of which shall be the sum of such Commitments of all Lenders (or if such Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, all Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders) and (ii) with respect to all Commitments of any Lender at any time, the numerator of which shall be the sum of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment (or if such Revolving Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure) and the denominator of which shall be the sum of all Lenders’ Revolving Commitments (or if such Revolving Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, all Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders funded under such Commitments).
          “ Regulation D ” shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.
          “ Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.
          “ Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.
          “ Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.
          “ REIT ” shall mean a Person qualifying for treatment as a “real estate investment trust” under the Code.
          “ Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors or other representatives of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
          “ Related Transactions ” shall mean the Asset Transfer, the Merger, the initial borrowing under the Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date, the payment of all fees, costs and expenses associated with all of the foregoing, the execution and delivery of all of the Related Transactions Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Related Transactions Documents.
          “ Related Transactions Documents ” shall mean the Loan Documents, the Merger Documents and all other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith.
          “ Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into the environment (including ambient air,

15


 

surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or within any building, structure, facility or fixture.
          “ Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Commitments at such time or if the Lenders have no Commitments outstanding, then Lenders holding more than 50% of the Revolving Credit Exposure, provided , however , that to the extent that any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender and all of its Commitments and Revolving Credit Exposure shall be excluded for purposes of determining Required Lenders.
          “ Requirement of Law ” for any Person shall mean the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership certificate and agreement, or limited liability company certificate of organization and agreement, as the case may be, and other organizational and governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
          “ Responsible Officer ” shall mean any of the president, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or a vice president of the Borrower or such other representative of the Borrower as may be designated in writing by any one of the foregoing with the consent of the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that with respect to the financial covenants and Compliance Certificate, Responsible Officer shall mean only the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Borrower.
          “ Restricted Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5 .
          “ Revolving Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on Schedule I , or in the case of a Person becoming a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount of the assigned “Revolving Commitment” as provided in the Assignment and Acceptance executed by such Person as an assignee, in each case as such commitment may subsequently be increased or decreased pursuant to terms hereof.
          “ Revolving Commitment Termination Date ” shall mean the earliest of (i) (A) April 20, 2011 for Revolving Commitments and (B) April 15, 2011 for the Swingline Commitments and the LC Commitments, (ii) the date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 2.8 , (iii) the date on which the Administrative Agent draws on the Support Letter of Credit and (iv) the date on which all amounts outstanding under this Agreement have been declared or have automatically become due and payable (whether by acceleration or otherwise).
          “ Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure.
          “ Revolving Loan ” shall mean a loan made by a Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) to the Borrower under its Revolving Commitment, which may either be a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.
          “ S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies.

16


 

          “ Sanctioned Country ” shall mean a country subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html , or as otherwise published from time to time.
          “ Sanctioned Person ” shall mean (i) a Person named on the list of “ Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons ” maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html , or as otherwise published from time to time, or (ii) (A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (C) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC.
          “ Solvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including subordinated and contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and liabilities, including subordinated and contingent liabilities as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
          “ Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”), any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity (i) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power, or in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (ii) that is, as of such date, otherwise controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “Subsidiary” hereunder shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and each WMC Trust shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary for purposes of Sections 6.3 and 6.4 , and all defined terms used therein.
          “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ” shall mean the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof and substantially in the form of Exhibit B , executed by certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders.
          “ Subsidiary Loan Party ” shall mean any Subsidiary that executes or becomes a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.
          “ Support Letter of Credit ” shall mean a letter of credit in the stated amount of $15,675,000 naming the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders as the beneficiary, expiring thirty (30) days after the date set forth in clause (i) of the definition of Revolving Commitment Termination Date or issued on an evergreen basis to automatically renew each year unless written notice of the issuing bank’s decision to terminate such letter of credit is given to the Administrative Agent at least 30 days prior to the then effective expiry date of such letter of credit, issued by a Support L/C Bank and otherwise in the form of Exhibit C .

17


 

          “ Support L/C Bank ” shall mean an issuing bank reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders and having a Credit Rating of not less than A3/A- .
          “ Swingline Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000.
          “ Swingline Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the principal amount of the Swingline Loans in which such Lender is legally obligated either to make a Base Rate Loan or to purchase a participation in accordance with Section 2.4 , which shall equal such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all outstanding Swingline Loans.
          “ Swingline Lender ” shall mean SunTrust Bank.
          “ Swingline Loan ” shall mean a loan made to the Borrower by the Swingline Lender under the Swingline Commitment.
          “ Syndication Agent ” shall mean Regions Bank, as syndication agent hereunder.
          “ Synthetic Lease ” shall mean a lease transaction under which the parties intend that (i) the lease will be treated as an “operating lease” by the lessee pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, as amended and (ii) the lessee will be entitled to various tax and other benefits ordinarily available to owners (as opposed to lessees) of like property.
          “ Synthetic Lease Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the sum of (i) all remaining rental obligations of such Person as lessee under Synthetic Leases which are attributable to principal and, without duplication, (ii) all rental and purchase price payment obligations of such Person under such Synthetic Leases assuming such Person exercises the option to purchase the lease property at the end of the lease term.
          “ Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.
          “ Tax Sharing Agreement ” shall mean that certain Tax Separation Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2009, by and among Walter Industries, certain affiliates of Walter Industries, the Borrower and certain of the Borrower’s affiliates.
          “ Treasury Management Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, all obligations and other liabilities of any Loan Parties pursuant to any agreements governing the provision to such Loan Parties of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, funds transfer, automated clearing house, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services.
          “ Type ”, when used in reference to a Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Base Rate.
          “ Unencumbered Assets ” shall mean Accounts (excluding Delinquent Accounts) owned beneficially and of record by the Loan Parties, free and clear of any Liens.
          “ Walter Industries ” shall mean Walter Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

18


 

          “ Walter Mortgage ” shall mean Walter Mortgage Company, LLC, a Delaware corporation.
          “ Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
          “ WMC Trusts ” shall mean, collectively, Mid-State Trust II, Mid-State Trust IV, Mid-State Trust VI, Mid-State Trust VII, Mid-State Trust VIII, Mid-State Trust X, Mid-State Trust XI, Mid-State Capital Corporation 2004-1 Trust, Mid-State Capital Corporation 2005-1 Trust, and Mid-State Capital Corporation 2006-1 Trust.
      Section 1.2. Classifications of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g. a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g. a “Eurodollar Loan” or “Base Rate Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g. “Revolving Eurodollar Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g. “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g. “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g. “Revolving Eurodollar Borrowing”).
      Section 1.3. Accounting Terms and Determination . Unless otherwise defined or specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited consolidated financial statement of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a ); provided , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article VI to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI for such purpose), then the Borrower’s compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders.
      Section 1.4. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” means “to but excluding”. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as it was originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iii) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement and (v) all references to a specific time shall be construed to refer to the time in the city and state of the Administrative Agent’s principal office, unless otherwise indicated.

19


 

ARTICLE II
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS
      Section 2.1. General Description of Facilities . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) the Lenders hereby establish in favor of the Borrower a revolving credit facility pursuant to which each Lender severally agrees (to the extent of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.2 , (ii) the Issuing Bank may issue Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.21 , (iii) the Swingline Lender may make Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.4 , and (iv) each Lender agrees to purchase a participation interest in the Letters of Credit and the Swingline Loans pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; provided , that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and outstanding LC Exposure exceed at any time the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount from time to time in effect.
      Section 2.2. Revolving Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans, ratably in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, to the Borrower, from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment or (b) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders exceeding the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount. During the Availability Period, the Borrower shall be entitled to borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided , that the Borrower may not borrow or reborrow should there exist a Default or Event of Default.
      Section 2.3. Procedure for Revolving Borrowings . The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Revolving Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.3 (a “ Notice of Revolving Borrowing ”) (x) prior to 11:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of each Base Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of each Eurodollar Borrowing. Each Notice of Revolving Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Borrowing, (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the Type of such Revolving Loan comprising such Borrowing and (iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the duration of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto (subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period). Each Revolving Borrowing shall consist entirely of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans, as the Borrower may request. The aggregate principal amount of each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be not less than $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $500,000, and the aggregate principal amount of each Base Rate Borrowing shall not be less than $500,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000; provided , that Base Rate Loans made pursuant to Section 2.4 or Section 2.21(d ) may be made in lesser amounts as provided therein. At no time shall the total number of Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding at any time exceed four. Promptly following the receipt of a Notice of Revolving Borrowing in accordance herewith, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loan to be made as part of the requested Revolving Borrowing.
      Section 2.4. Swingline Commitment .
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender will make Swingline Loans to the Borrower, from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the lesser of (i) the Swingline Commitment then in effect and (ii) the difference between the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount and the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders; provided , that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to

20


 

make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. The Borrower shall be entitled to borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
          (b) The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Swingline Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.4 attached hereto (“ Notice of Swingline Borrowing ”) prior to 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of each Swingline Borrowing. Each Notice of Swingline Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the principal amount of such Swingline Loan, (ii) the date of such Swingline Loan (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) the account of the Borrower to which the proceeds of such Swingline Loan should be credited. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of each Notice of Swingline Borrowing. Each Swingline Loan shall accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin. The aggregate principal amount of each Swingline Loan shall be not less than $100,000 or a larger multiple of $50,000, or such other minimum amounts agreed to by the Swingline Lender and the Borrower. The Swingline Lender will make the proceeds of each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower in Dollars in immediately available funds at the account specified by the Borrower in the applicable Notice of Swingline Borrowing not later than 2:00 p.m. on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.
          (c) The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion may, and in no event no less frequently than once each calendar week shall, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), give a Notice of Revolving Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Base Rate Loans in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of any Swingline Loan. Each Lender will make the proceeds of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender in accordance with Section 2.5 , which will be used solely for the repayment of such Swingline Loan.
          (d) If for any reason a Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then each Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) shall purchase an undivided participating interest in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share thereof on the date that such Base Rate Borrowing should have occurred. On the date of such required purchase, each Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participating interest to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender.
          (e) Each Lender’s obligation to make a Base Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 ( c ) or to purchase the participating interests pursuant to Section 2.4 ( d ) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without limitation (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or any other Person may have or claim against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (iii) the existence (or alleged existence) of any event or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Swingline Lender by any Lender, the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender, together with accrued interest thereon for each day from the date of demand thereof (i) at the Federal Funds Rate until the second Business Day after such demand and (ii) at the Base Rate at all times thereafter. Until such time as such Lender makes its required payment, the Swingline Lender shall be deemed to continue to have outstanding Swingline Loans in the amount of the unpaid

21


 

participation for all purposes of the Loan Documents. In addition, such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments made of principal and interest on its Loans and any other amounts due to it hereunder, to the Swingline Lender to fund the amount of such Lender’s participation interest in such Swingline Loans that such Lender failed to fund pursuant to this Section 2.4 , until such amount has been purchased in full.
      Section 2.5. Funding of Borrowings .
          (a) Each Lender will make available each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer in immediately available funds by 11:00 a.m. to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office; provided , that the Swingline Loans will be made as set forth in Section 2.4 . The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts that it receives, in like funds by the close of business on such proposed date, to an account maintained by the Borrower with the Administrative Agent or at the Borrower’s option, by effecting a wire transfer of such amounts to an account designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.
          (b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to 5:00 p.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the date of a Borrowing in which such Lender is to participate that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance on such assumption, may make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender on the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate until the second Business Day after such demand and thereafter at the Base Rate. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest at the rate specified for such Borrowing. Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Borrowing hereunder or to prejudice any rights which the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.
          (c) All Revolving Borrowings shall be made by the Lenders on the basis of their respective Pro Rata Shares. No Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligations hereunder, and each Lender shall be obligated to make its Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make its Loans hereunder.
      Section 2.6. Interest Elections .
          (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing, and in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, and shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Notice of Borrowing. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing into a different Type or to continue such Borrowing, and in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.6 . The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall NOT apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

22


 

          (b) To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.6 , the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.6 attached hereto (a “ Notice of Conversion/Continuation ”) that is to be converted or continued, as the case may be, (x) prior to 10:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of a conversion into a Base Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to a continuation of or conversion into a Eurodollar Borrowing. Each such Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the Borrowing to which such Notice of Conversion/Continuation applies and if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof that are to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing); (ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Notice of Conversion/Continuation, which shall be a Business Day, (iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and (iv) if the resulting Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of “Interest Period”. If any such Notice of Conversion/Continuation requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month. The principal amount of any resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the minimum borrowing amount for Eurodollar Borrowings and Base Rate Borrowings set forth in Section 2.3 .
          (c) If, on the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of any Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall have failed to deliver a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing to a Base Rate Borrowing. No Borrowing may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Borrowing if a Default or an Event of Default exists, unless the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall have otherwise consented in writing. No conversion of any Eurodollar Loans shall be permitted except on the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof.
          (d) Upon receipt of any Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.
      Section 2.7. Reduction and Termination of Commitments .
          (a) Unless previously terminated, all Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.
          (b) Upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be irrevocable), the Borrower may reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in part or terminate the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in whole; provided , that (i) any partial reduction shall apply to reduce proportionately and permanently the Revolving Commitment of each Lender, (ii) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be in an amount of at least $1,000,000 and any larger multiple of $1,000,000, and (iii) no such reduction shall be permitted which would reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount to an amount less than the outstanding Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders. Any such reduction in the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount below the principal amount of the Swingline Commitment or the LC Commitment shall result in a dollar-for-dollar reduction (rounded to the next lowest integral multiple of $100,000) in the Swingline Commitment and the LC Commitment.
          (c) With the written approval of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may terminate (on a non-ratable basis) the unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of a Defaulting

23


 

Lender upon not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Section 2.22 will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of any such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts), provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.
      Section 2.8. Repayment of Loans . The outstanding principal amount of all Loans shall be due and payable (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.
      Section 2.9. Evidence of Indebtedness . (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice appropriate records evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall maintain appropriate records in which shall be recorded (i) the Revolving Commitment of each Lender, (ii) the amount of each Loan made hereunder by each Lender, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) the date of each continuation thereof pursuant to Section 2.6 , (iv) the date of each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type pursuant to Section 2.6 , (v) the date and amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder in respect of such Loans and (vi) both the date and amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower in respect of the Loans and each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. The entries made in such records shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , that the failure or delay of any Lender or the Administrative Agent in maintaining or making entries into any such record or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans (both principal and unpaid accrued interest) of such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
          (b) This Agreement evidences the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and is being executed as a “noteless” credit agreement. However, at the request of any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) at any time, the Borrower agrees that it will prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment permitted hereunder) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).
      Section 2.10. Optional Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, by giving irrevocable written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent no later than (i) in the case of prepayment of any Eurodollar Borrowing, 11:00 a.m. not less than three (3) Business Days prior to any such prepayment, (ii) in the case of any prepayment of any Base Rate Borrowing, not less than one Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment, and (iii) in the case of Swingline Borrowings, prior to 11:00 a.m. on the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the proposed date of such prepayment and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender of the contents thereof and of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any such prepayment. If such notice is given, the aggregate amount specified in such notice shall be due

24


 

and payable on the date designated in such notice, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount so prepaid in accordance with Section 2.12(d ); provided , that if a Eurodollar Borrowing is prepaid on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay all amounts required pursuant to Section 2.18 . Each partial prepayment of any Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type pursuant to Section 2.2 or in the case of a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 . Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans comprising such Borrowing.
      Section 2.11. Mandatory Prepayments . At any time the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount, as reduced pursuant to Section 2.7 or otherwise, the Borrower shall immediately repay Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans in an amount equal to such excess, together with all accrued and unpaid interest on such excess amount and any amounts due under Section 2.18 . Each prepayment shall be applied first to the Swingline Loans to the full extent thereof, second to the Revolving Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof, and finally to Revolving Eurodollar Loans to the full extent thereof. If after giving effect to prepayment of all Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans, the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize its reimbursement obligations with respect to the Letters of Credit by depositing cash collateral in an amount equal to such excess plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon. Such account shall be administered in accordance with Section 2.21(g) hereof.
      Section 2.12. Interest on Loans .
          (a) The Borrower shall pay interest on (i) each Base Rate Loan at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time and (ii) each Eurodollar Loan at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the applicable Interest Period in effect for such Loan plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.
          (b) The Borrower shall pay interest on each Swingline Loan at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.
          (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the option of the Required Lenders, and after acceleration, the Borrower shall pay interest (“ Default Interest ”) with respect to all Eurodollar Loans at the rate per annum equal to 200 basis points above the otherwise applicable interest rate for such Eurodollar Loans for the then-current Interest Period until the last day of such Interest Period, and thereafter, and with respect to all Base Rate Loans and all other Obligations hereunder (other than Loans), at the rate per annum equal to 200 basis points above the otherwise applicable interest rate for Base Rate Loans.
          (d) Interest on the principal amount of all Loans shall accrue from and including the date such Loans are made to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof. Interest on all outstanding Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. Interest on all outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, and, in the case of any Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period in excess of three months on each day which occurs every three months after the initial date of such Interest Period, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. Interest on any Loan which is converted into a Loan of another Type or which is repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such conversion or on the date of any such repayment or prepayment (on the amount repaid or prepaid) thereof. All Default Interest shall be payable on demand.

25


 

          (e) The Administrative Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to the Loans hereunder and shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of such rate in writing (or by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing). Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
      Section 2.13. Fees .
          (a) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times previously agreed upon in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
          (b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum on the daily amount of the unused Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the Availability Period. For purposes of computing commitment fees with respect to the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Commitment of each Lender shall be deemed used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure, but not Swingline Exposure other than in the case described in Section 2.4(d) , of such Lender.
          (c) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, a letter of credit fee with respect to its participation in each Letter of Credit, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans then in effect on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure attributable to such Letter of Credit during the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the date on which such Letter of Credit expires or is drawn in full (including without limitation any LC Exposure that remains outstanding after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) and (ii) to the Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee at the rate per annum set forth in the Closing Date Fee Letter on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the Availability Period (or until the date that such Letter of Credit is irrevocably cancelled, whichever is later), as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Required Lenders elect to increase the interest rate on the Loans to the Default Interest pursuant to Section 2.12(c) , the rate per annum used to calculate the letter of credit fee pursuant to clause (i) above shall automatically be increased by 200 basis points.
          (d) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of each Lender, the upfront fee previously agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which shall be due and payable on the Closing Date.
          (e) Accrued fees under paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on June 30, 2009, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date (and if later, the date the Loans and LC Exposure shall be repaid in their entirety); provided further , that any such fees accruing after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall be payable on demand.
          (f) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender will not be entitled to any fees accruing during such period pursuant to Sections 2.13(b) and (c) (without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees), or any amendment fees hereafter offered to any Lender, and the pro rata payment provisions of Section 2.20 will automatically be deemed adjusted to reflect the provisions of this Section.

26


 

      Section 2.14. Computation of Interest and Fees . Interest hereunder based on the Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). All other interest and all fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be made in good faith and, except for manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.
      Section 2.15. Inability to Determine Interest Rates . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing,
     (i) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant interbank market, adequate means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for such Interest Period, or
     (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender, as the case may be) of making, funding or maintaining their (or its, as the case may be) Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period,
the Administrative Agent shall give written notice (or telephonic notice, promptly confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. Until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) the obligations of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Loans or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended and (ii) all such affected Loans shall be converted into Base Rate Loans on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto unless the Borrower prepays such Loans in accordance with this Agreement. Unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent at least one Business Day before the date of any Eurodollar Borrowing for which a Notice of Revolving Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation has previously been given that it elects not to borrow on such date, then such Revolving Borrowing shall be made as a Base Rate Borrowing.
      Section 2.16. Illegality . If any Change in Law shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Lender to make, maintain or fund any Eurodollar Loan and such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Borrower and the other Lenders, whereupon until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of such Lender to make Eurodollar Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, shall be suspended. In the case of the making of a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Lender’s Revolving Loan shall be made as a Base Rate Loan as part of the same Revolving Borrowing for the same Interest Period and if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, such Loan shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan either (i) on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Loan to such date or (ii) immediately if such Lender shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loan to such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affected Lender shall, prior to giving such notice to the Administrative Agent, designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation would avoid the need for giving such notice and if such designation would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

27


 

      Section 2.17. Increased Costs .
          (a) If any Change in Law shall:
     (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Adjusted LIBO Rate hereunder against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank; or
     (ii) impose on any Lender or on the Issuing Bank or the eurodollar interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or any Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or any participation therein;
and the result of either of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining a Eurodollar Loan or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in or issuing any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then the Borrower shall promptly pay, upon written notice from and demand by such Lender on the Borrower (with a copy of such notice and demand to the Administrative Agent), to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, within five (5) Business Days after the date of such notice and demand, additional amount or amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
          (b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that on or after the date of this Agreement any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital (or on the capital of the Parent Company of such Lender or Issuing Bank) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Parent Company of such Lender or Issuing Bank could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies or the policies of the Parent Company of such Lender or Issuing Bank with respect to capital adequacy) then, from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Borrower of written demand by such Lender (with a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Parent Company of such Lender or the Issuing Bank for any such reduction suffered.
          (c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Parent Company of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.17 shall be delivered to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay any such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such amount or amounts within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof.
          (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.17 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation.
      Section 2.18. Funding Indemnity . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of a Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result

28


 

of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion or continuation of a Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (c) the failure by the Borrower to borrow, prepay, convert or continue any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any applicable notice (regardless of whether such notice is withdrawn or revoked), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender, within five (5) Business Days after written demand from such Lender, for any loss, cost or expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (A) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan if such event had not occurred at the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Loan for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan) over (B) the amount of interest that would accrue on the principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan for the same period if the Adjusted LIBO Rate were set on the date such Eurodollar Loan was prepaid or converted or the date on which the Borrower failed to borrow, convert or continue such Eurodollar Loan. A certificate as to any additional amount payable under this Section 2.18 submitted to the Borrower by any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
      Section 2.19. Taxes .
          (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided , that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes) the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
          (b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes (to the extent not duplicative of amounts paid in Section 2.19(a)) to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
          (c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within five (5) Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.19 ) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
          (d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall, to the extent available to the Borrower, deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

29


 

          (e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the Code or any treaty to which the United States is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Foreign Lender agrees that it will deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (or in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased), as appropriate, two (2) duly completed copies of (i) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 ECI, or any successor form thereto, certifying that the payments received from the Borrower hereunder are effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN, or any successor form thereto, certifying that such Foreign Lender is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party which eliminates or reduces the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest; or (iii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, together with a certificate (A) establishing that the payment to the Foreign Lender qualifies as “portfolio interest” exempt from U.S. withholding tax under Code section 871(h) or 881(c), and (B) stating that (1) the Foreign Lender is not a bank for purposes of Code section 881(c)(3)(A), or the obligation of the Borrower hereunder is not, with respect to such Foreign Lender, a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, within the meaning of that section; (2) the Foreign Lender is not a 10% shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Code section 871(h)(3) or 881(c)(3)(B); and (3) the Foreign Lender is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to the Borrower within the meaning of Code section 881(c)(3)(C); or (iv) such other Internal Revenue Service forms as may be applicable to the Foreign Lender, including Forms W-8 IMY or W-8 EXP. Each such Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such forms on or before the date that it becomes a party to this Agreement (or in the case of a Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each such Foreign Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Foreign Lender. Each such Foreign Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at any time that it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the Internal Revenue Service for such purpose).
          (f) If the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received any credit or refund of any Indemnified Tax or Other Tax as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower, it shall pay over such refund or credit to Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrower under this Section, with respect to Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender (as applicable) and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that Borrower, upon request of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as applicable, is requested to repay such refund to the Governmental Authority.
      Section 2.20. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .
          (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.17 , 2.18 or 2.19 , or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon on the date when due, in immediately available funds, free and clear of any defenses, rights of set-off, counterclaim, or withholding or

30


 

deduction of taxes. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.17 , 2.18 and 2.19 and 10.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be made payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.
          (b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied: first, to Administrative Agent’s fees and reimbursable expenses then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; second , to all reimbursable expenses of the Lenders and all fees and reimbursable expenses of the Issuing Bank then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, pro rata to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank based on their respective pro rata shares of such fees and expenses; third , to interest and fees then due and payable hereunder, pro rata to the Lenders based on their respective pro rata shares of such interest and fees; and fourth , to the payment of principal of the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.
          (c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans that would result in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Credit Exposure and accrued interest and fees thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender with respect to its Revolving Credit Exposure, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Credit Exposure of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Credit Exposure; provided , that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Revolving Credit Exposure to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
          (d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount or amounts due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of

31


 

the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
      Section 2.21. Letters of Credit .
          (a) During the Availability Period, the Issuing Bank, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders pursuant to Section 2.21(d ), will issue, at the request of the Borrower, Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; provided , that (i) each Letter of Credit shall expire on the earlier of (A) the date one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (B) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date; (ii) each Letter of Credit shall be in a stated amount of at least $25,000; and (iii) the Borrower may not request any Letter of Credit, if, after giving effect to such issuance (A) the aggregate LC Exposure would exceed the LC Commitment or (B) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount. Each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Bank without recourse a participation in each Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on the date of issuance with respect to all other Letters of Credit. Each issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to utilize the Revolving Commitment of each Lender by an amount equal to the amount of such participation.
          (b) To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or any amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall give the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of such issuance specifying the date (which shall be a Business Day) such Letter of Credit is to be issued (or amended, extended or renewed, as the case may be), the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. In addition to the satisfaction of the conditions in Article III , the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or any amendment which increases the amount of such Letter of Credit) will be subject to the further conditions that such Letter of Credit shall be in such form and contain such terms as the Issuing Bank shall approve and that the Borrower shall have executed and delivered any additional applications, agreements and instruments relating to such Letter of Credit as the Issuing Bank shall reasonably require; provided , that in the event of any conflict between such applications, agreements or instruments and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
          (c) At least two Business Days prior to the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received such notice and if not, the Issuing Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the Issuing Bank has received notice from the Administrative Agent on or before the Business Day immediately preceding the date the Issuing Bank is to issue the requested Letter of Credit (1) directing the Issuing Bank not to issue the Letter of Credit because such issuance is not then permitted hereunder because of the limitations set forth in Section 2.21(a ) or that one or more conditions specified in Article III are not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue such Letter of Credit in accordance with the Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices.

32


 

          (d) The Issuing Bank shall examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit promptly following its receipt thereof. The Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make a LC Disbursement thereunder; provided , that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to such LC Disbursement. The Borrower shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursements paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of such drawing, without presentment, demand or other formalities of any kind. Unless the Borrower shall have notified the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which such drawing is honored that the Borrower intends to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of such drawing in funds other than from the proceeds of Revolving Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have timely given a Notice of Revolving Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting the Lenders to make a Base Rate Borrowing on the date on which such drawing is honored in an exact amount due to the Issuing Bank; provided , that for purposes solely of such Borrowing, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 hereof shall not be applicable. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.3 , and each Lender shall make the proceeds of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.5 . The proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied directly by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for such LC Disbursement .
          (e) If for any reason a Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then each Lender (other than the Issuing Bank) shall be obligated to fund the participation that such Lender purchased pursuant to subsection (a) in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of such LC Disbursement on and as of the date which such Base Rate Borrowing should have occurred. Each Lender’s obligation to fund its participation shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without limitation (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or any other Person may have against the Issuing Bank or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any breach of this Agreement by the Borrower or any other Lender, (v) any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. On the date that such participation is required to be funded, each Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank. Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Bank has received from any such Lender the funds for its participation in a LC Disbursement, the Issuing Bank (or the Administrative Agent on its behalf) receives any payment on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment; provided , that if such payment is required to be returned for any reason to the Borrower or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or similar official in any bankruptcy proceeding, such Lender will return to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank any portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank to it.
          (f) To the extent that any Lender shall fail to pay any amount required to be paid pursuant to paragraphs (d) or (e) of this Section on the due date therefor, such Lender shall pay interest to the Issuing Bank (through the Administrative Agent) on such amount from such due date to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate; provided , that if such Lender shall fail to make such payment to the Issuing Bank within three (3) Business Days of such due date, then, retroactively to the due date, such Lender shall be obligated to pay interest on such amount at the rate set forth in Section 2.12(d) .

33


 

          (g) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding that its reimbursement obligations with respect to the Letters of Credit be Cash Collateralized pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon; provided , that such obligation to Cash Collateralize the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Letters of Credit shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (g) or (h) of Section 8.1 . Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Borrower agrees to execute any documents and/or certificates to effectuate the intent of this paragraph. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest and profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it had not been reimbursed and to the extent so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, with the consent of the Required Lenders, be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. If the Borrower is required to Cash Collateralize its reimbursement obligations with respect to the Letters of Credit as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such cash collateral so posted (to the extent not so applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
          (h) Upon the request of any Lender, but no more frequently than quarterly, the Issuing Bank shall deliver (through the Administrative Agent) to each Lender and the Borrower a report describing the aggregate Letters of Credit then outstanding. Upon the request of any Lender from time to time, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to such Lender any other information reasonably requested by such Lender with respect to each Letter of Credit then outstanding.
          (i) The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of any of the following circumstances:
          (i) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement;
          (ii) The existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or transferee may be acting), any Lender (including the Issuing Bank) or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or the Letter of Credit or any document related hereto or thereto or any unrelated transaction;
          (iii) Any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

34


 

          (iv) Payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document to the Issuing Bank that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;
          (v) Any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.21 , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder; or
          (vi) The existence of a Default or an Event of Default.
Neither the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders nor any Related Party of any of the foregoing shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to above), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided , that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any actual direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect (including claims for lost profits or other consequential damages), or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise due care when determining whether drafts or other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree, that in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised due care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
          (j) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued and subject to applicable laws, (i) each standby Letter of Credit shall be governed by the “International Standby Practices 1998” (ISP98) (or such later revision as may be published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice on any date any Letter of Credit may be issued), (ii) each documentary Letter of Credit shall be governed by the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 (or such later revision as may be published by the International Chamber of Commerce on any date any Letter of Credit may be issued) and (iii) the Borrower shall specify the foregoing in each letter of credit application submitted for the issuance of a Letter of Credit.
      Section 2.22. Cash Collateralization of Defaulting Lender Commitment. If a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the following provisions shall apply with respect to any outstanding LC Exposure and any outstanding Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender:
          (a) each of the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender is hereby authorized by the Borrower (which authorization is irrevocable and coupled with an interest) to give, in its discretion, through the Administrative Agent, Notices of Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3 in such amounts and in

35


 

such times as may be required to (i) reimburse an outstanding LC Disbursement, and (ii) repay an outstanding Swingline Loan, as applicable;
          (b) the Borrower will, not later than three (3) Business Days after demand by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be), (a) Cash Collateralize a portion of the obligations of the Borrower to the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender equal to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure or Swingline Exposure, as the case may be, (b) in the case of such Swingline Exposure, prepay all Swingline Loans, or (c) make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and to the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender; provided that no such Cash Collateralization will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender, or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender;
          (c) any amount paid by the Borrower for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity payments or other amounts) will not be paid or distributed to such Defaulting Lender, but will instead be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account until the termination of the Commitments at which time the funds in such account will be applied by the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the following order of priority: first to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, second to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender ( pro rata as to the respective amounts owing to each of them) under this Agreement, third to the payment of post-default interest and then current interest due and payable to the Lenders hereunder other than Defaulting Lenders, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such interest then due and payable to them, fourth to the payment of fees then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders hereunder, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such fees then due and payable to them, fifth to pay principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders hereunder ratably in accordance with the amounts thereof then due and payable to them, sixth to the ratable payment of other amounts then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders, and seventh to pay amounts owing under this Agreement to such Defaulting Lender or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
      Section 2.23. Mitigation of Obligations. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.17 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.19 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the sole judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable under Section 2.17 or Section 2.19 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with such designation or assignment.
      Section 2.24. Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.17 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority of the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.19 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 10.4(b ) all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to

36


 

an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender); provided , that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Loans owed to it, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (in the case of such outstanding principal and accrued interest) and from the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of a claim for compensation under Section 2.17 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.19 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
      Section 2.25. Support Letter of Credit . The repayment of the Obligations shall be supported at all times by a Support Letter of Credit. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, draw on the Support Letter of Credit for an amount equal to the lesser of (i) sum of (A) aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, plus (B) 100% of the LC Exposure at such time, plus (C) all accrued and unpaid interest, fees and other Obligations (excluding contingent indemnification obligations), plus (D) all fees that will accrue after the date of such draw with respect to all LC Exposure and (ii) $15,675,000. The Administrative Agent shall apply all proceeds received from such draw on the Support Letter of Credit to repay in full all outstanding Loans, and accrued interest, fees and other Obligations (other than contingent Obligations) and to Cash Collateralize all contingent Obligations.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
      Section 3.1. Conditions To Effectiveness . The obligations of the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Loans and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.2 ).
          (a) The Administrative Agent shall have received payment of all fees, expenses and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including without limitation reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and their Affiliates (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder, an upfront fee to each lender equal to 0.50% of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment on the date hereof and the other fees set forth in the fee letter agreements among Walter Mortgage and any of the Lenders party hereto on the Closing Date and their Affiliates.
          (b) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received the following, each to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders:
          (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed by or on behalf of each party hereto or written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement;

37


 

          (ii) the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement duly executed by each Subsidiary other than Walter Investment Reinsurance Co., Ltd., Mid-State Capital, LLC and Hanover SPC-A, Inc.;
          (iii) the Closing Date Fee Letter, duly executed by the Borrower;
          (iv) the Support Letter of Credit, duly executed by the Support L/C Bank thereof;
          (v) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party in the form of Exhibit 3.1(b)(v) , attaching and certifying copies of its bylaws and of the resolutions of its board of directors, or partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement, or comparable organizational documents and authorizations, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and certifying the name, title and true signature of each officer of such Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party;
          (vi) certified copies of the articles or certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization or limited partnership, or other registered organizational documents of each Loan Party, together with certificates of good standing or existence, as may be available from the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party;
          (vii) a favorable written opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders, and covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated therein as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall reasonably request, together with a reliance letter on the opinion delivered in connection with the Related Transactions regarding the status of the Borrower as a REIT;
          (viii) a certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that after giving effect to the funding any initial Revolving Borrowing, (x) no Default or Event of Default exists, (y) all representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents are true and correct and (z) since December 31, 2008, there shall have been no change which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the mortgage finance business of Walter Industries and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
          (ix) [reserved];
          (x) copies of duly executed payoff letters executed by any lender with respect to Indebtedness to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not permitted hereunder, together with evidence that any Liens on the assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not permitted hereunder have been terminated;
          (xi) certified copies of all consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations and filings and orders required or advisable to be made or obtained under any Requirement of Law, or by any Contractual Obligation of each Loan Party, in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity and enforceability of the Related Transaction Documents or any of the Related Transactions, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, filings

38


 

and orders shall be in full force and effect and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired, and no investigation or inquiry by any governmental authority regarding the Commitments or any transaction being financed with the proceeds thereof shall be ongoing;
          (xii) copies of (A) the audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements for Walter Industries and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2008 and for Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2008 and (B) financial projections for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and
          (xiii) certified copies of the Merger Documents, together with (A) evidence that the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders are permitted to rely on all legal opinions delivered in connection with the consummation of the Related Transactions, (B) a certification that the conditions set forth in Article 8 of the Merger Agreement have been satisfied and the Merger has been consummated and (C) if available, a file-stamped copy of the certificates of merger filed with respect to the Merger.
          (c) The Lenders shall have completed their business and legal due diligence of the Related Transactions, with results reasonably satisfactory to such Lenders.
          (d) Each of the conditions precedent set forth in Article 8 of the Merger Agreement have been satisfied, the Borrower shall have submitted the certificates of merger to the applicable states for filing or recording, and the Asset Transfer and the Merger shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Related Transaction Documents.
          Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 3.1 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 3.1 , each Lender that has signed this Credit Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
      Section 3.2. Each Credit Event . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
          (a) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default shall exist;
          (b) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, all representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit, in each case before and after giving effect thereto except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties specifically refer to such earlier date;

39


 

          (c) since the date of the financial statements of the Borrower described in Section 4.4 , there shall have been no change which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
          (d) the Borrower shall have delivered the required Notice of Borrowing;
          (e) the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, certificates, information or legal opinions as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.
In addition to the other conditions precedent herein set forth, if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, the Issuing Bank will not be required to issue any Letter of Credit or to extend, renewe or amend any outstanding Letter of Credit and the Swingline Lender will not be required to make any Swingline Loan, unless the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, is satisfied that any exposure that would result therefrom is fully covered or eliminated by the Borrower Cash Collateralizing the obligations of the Borrower in respect of such Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan in an amount at least equal to the aggregate amount of the obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Defaulting Lender in respect of such Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan, or makes other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender; provided that no such Cash Collateralization will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender, or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender.
Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of any Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 3.2 .
      Section 3.3. Delivery of Documents . All of the Loan Documents, certificates, legal opinions and other documents and papers referred to in this Article III , unless otherwise specified, shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the Lenders.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
          The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender as follows:
      Section 4.1. Existence; Power . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, and (iii) is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where a failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 4.2. Organizational Power; Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party are within such Loan Party’s organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational, and if

40


 

required, shareholder, partner or member, action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party (as the case may be), enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
      Section 4.3. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, and by each Loan Party of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the Related Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any action by, any Governmental Authority, except those as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any Requirements of Law applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any judgment, order or ruling of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its assets or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
      Section 4.4. Financial Statements . The Borrower has furnished to each Lender (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Walter Industries and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended prepared by Ernst & Young and (ii) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended prepared by an independent certified public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing or other independent public accounting firm acceptable to the Required Lenders. Such financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition of Walter Industries and its Subsidiaries or Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as of such dates and the consolidated results of operations for such periods in conformity with GAAP consistently applied, subject to year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii). Since December 31, 2008, there have been no changes with respect to Walter Industries and its Subsidiaries or Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries which have had or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 4.5. Litigation and Environmental Matters .
          (a) Except for the matters set forth on Schedule 4.5(a) , no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrators or Governmental Authorities is pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which in any manner draws into question the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Related Transaction Document.
          (b) Except for the matters set forth on Schedule 4.5(b) , neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability, in each case that could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect

41


 

      Section 4.6. Compliance with Laws and Agreements . The Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance with (a) all Requirements of Law and all judgments, decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority and (b) all indentures, agreements or other instruments binding upon it or its properties, except where non- compliance, either singly or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 4.7. Investment Company Act, Etc. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company” or is “controlled” by an “investment company”, as such terms are defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) otherwise subject to any other regulatory scheme limiting its ability to incur debt or requiring any approval or consent from or registration or filing with, any Governmental Authority in connection therewith.
      Section 4.8. Taxes . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have timely filed or caused to be filed all Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns that are required to be filed by them, and have paid all Federal income taxes and other material taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns or on any assessments made against it or its property and all other material taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority, except where the same are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.8 , there is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in or have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 4.9. Margin Regulations . None of the proceeds of any of the Loans or Letters of Credit will be used, directly or indirectly, for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” with the respective meanings of each of such terms under Regulation U or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulation T, U or X. Neither the Borrower nor its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock.”
      Section 4.10. ERISA . No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.
      Section 4.11. Ownership of Property .
          (a) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property material to the operation of its business, including all such properties material to the operation of the mortgage finance business operated by Walter Mortgage Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the Merger (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are material to the business or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting and are in full force.

42


 

          (b) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed, or otherwise has the right, to use, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and other intellectual property related to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe in any material respect on the rights of any other Person, except where a failure to own, license or use such intellectual property or such infringment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or any applicable Subsidiary operates, except that all REO properties may be insured with an Affiliate of the Borrower.
      Section 4.12. Disclosure . The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments, and corporate or other restrictions to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to any of them, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports (including without limitation all reports that Walter Industries, any of its Subsidiaries or the Borrower has or is required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Related Transactions or this Credit Agreement), financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including with respect to the mortgage finance business of Walter Industries and its Subsidiaries prior to giving effect to the Merger) to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation or syndication of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by any other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time;
      Section 4.13. Labor Relations . There are no strikes, lockouts or other material labor disputes or grievances against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and no significant unfair labor practice, charges or grievances are pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against any of them before any Governmental Authority which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, all payments due from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 4.14. Subsidiaries . Schedule 4.14 sets forth the name of, the ownership interest of the Borrower in, the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of, and the type of, each Subsidiary as of the Closing Date. Walter Investment Reinsurance Co., Inc. is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than one of the fifth states of the United States or the District of Columbia.
      Section 4.15. Solvency . After giving effect to the execution and delivery of the Related Transaction Documents, the consummation of the Related Transactions and the making of any initial Loan or issuance of any initial Letter of Credit under this Agreement, and based upon the contribution rights set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are Solvent.

43


 

      Section 4.16. OFAC . None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party (i) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) has more than 15% of its assets in Sanctioned Countries, or (iii) derives more than 15% of its operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Countries. No part of the proceeds of any Loans hereunder will be used directly or indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country or for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
      Section 4.17. Patriot Act . Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto. Neither any Loan Party nor any or its Subsidiaries is in violation of (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (b) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (c) the Patriot Act. None of the Loan Parties (i) is a blocked person described in section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) to the best of its knowledge, engages in any dealings or transactions, or is otherwise associated, with any such blocked person.
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
          The Borrower covenants and agrees that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder or any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding:
      Section 5.1. Financial Statements and Other Information . The Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
          (a) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower, a copy of the annual audited report for such Fiscal Year for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, containing a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows (together with all footnotes thereto) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and reported on by an independent public accountant of nationally recognized standing or other independent public accountant reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders (without a “going concern” or like qualification, exception or explanation and without any qualification or exception as to scope of such audit) to the effect that such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year on a consolidated and consolidating basis in accordance with GAAP and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;
          (b) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower, an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and the then elapsed portion of such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form

44


 

the figures for the corresponding quarter and the corresponding portion of Borrower’s previous Fiscal Year;
          (c) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether there exists a Default or Event of Default on the date of such certificate, and if a Default or an Event of Default then exists, specifying the details thereof and the action which the Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail calculations demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article VI and, (iii) specifying any change in the identity of the Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year or Fiscal Quarter from the Subsidiaries identified to the Lenders on the Closing Date or as of the most recent Fiscal Year or Fiscal Quarter, as the case may be;
          (d) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained any knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial statements of any Default or Event of Default (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules, practices or guidelines);
          (e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and
          (f) no later than 15 days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection (a) above, projections for the succeeding Fiscal Year, containing an income statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flow;
          (g) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a report setting forth the historical performance of Delinquent Accounts together with a forecast of Delinquent Accounts, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders; and
          (h) no later than 15 days after the Closing Date, certified copies of the recorded certificates of merger filed in Delaware and Maryland; and
          (i) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the results of operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.
      Section 5.2. Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:
          (a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
          (b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

45


 

          (c) the occurrence of any event or any other development by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) fails to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) becomes subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) receives notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability, or (iv) becomes aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability and in each of the preceding clauses, which individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
          (d) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that alone, or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $3,500,000;
          (e) the occurrence of any default or event of default, or the receipt by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any written notice of an alleged default or event of default, with respect to any Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
          (f) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section 5.2 shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
      Section 5.3. Existence; Conduct of Business . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence; provided , that nothing in this Section 5.3 shall prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 7.3. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its respective rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.4. Compliance with Laws, Etc. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any Governmental Authority applicable to its business and properties, including without limitation, all Environmental Laws, ERISA and OSHA, except where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.5. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities (including without limitation all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, levies and all other claims that could result in a statutory Lien) before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (ii) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP or (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.6. Books and Records . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions in relation to its business and activities to the extent necessary to prepare the consolidated financial statements of Borrower in conformity with GAAP.

46


 

      Section 5.7. Visitation, Inspection, Etc. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representative of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine its books and records and to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its officers and with its independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request after reasonable prior notice to the Borrower; provided, however , if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no prior notice shall be required.
      Section 5.8. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business, and the properties and business of its Subsidiaries, against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
      Section 5.9. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit . The Borrower will use the proceeds of all Loans to finance working capital needs, letters of credit and for other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that would violate any rule or regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U or X. All Letters of Credit will be used for general corporate purposes.
      Section 5.10. Maintenance of Support Letter of Credit . The Borrower will cause a Support Letter of Credit issued by a Support L/C Bank with a Credit Rating of at least A3/A- and otherwise in the form of Exhibit C , to remain in place at all times.
      Section 5.11. Additional Subsidiaries . If any Subsidiary is acquired or formed after the Closing Date, the Borrower will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereof and, within fifteen (15) Business Days after any such Subsidiary is acquired or formed, will cause such Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Loan Party (except where contractually or legally prohibited with respect to a Subsidiary that is not wholly owned by the Borrower). A Subsidiary shall become an additional Subsidiary Loan Party by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a supplement to the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by (i) all other Loan Documents related thereto, (ii) certified copies of certificates or articles of incorporation or organization, by-laws, membership operating agreements, and other organizational documents, appropriate authorizing resolutions of the board of directors of such Subsidiaries, and opinions of counsel comparable to those delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(b) , and (iii) such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. No Subsidiary that becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party shall thereafter cease to be a Subsidiary Loan Party or be entitled to be released or discharged from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.
ARTICLE VI
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
          The Borrower covenants and agrees that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder or any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding:
      Section 6.1. Minimum Unencumbered Assets . The Borrower will maintain Unencumbered Assets with an unpaid principal balance of at least $75,000,000 at all times.

47


 

      Section 6.2. Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio . The Borrower will maintain, as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2009, an Interest Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25:1.00.
      Section 6.3. Maximum Portfolio Loss Ratio . The Borrower will maintain, as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2009, a Portfolio Loss Ratio of no greater than 1.50%.
      Section 6.4. Maximum Portfolio Delinquency Rate . The Borrower will maintain, as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2009, a Portfolio Delinquency Rate of no greater than 8.0%.
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
          The Borrower covenants and agrees that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder or any Obligation remains outstanding:
      Section 7.1. Indebtedness and Preferred Equity . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
          (a) Indebtedness created pursuant to the Loan Documents;
          (b) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.1 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (immediately prior to giving effect to such extension, renewal or replacement) or shorten the maturity or the weighted average life thereof;
          (c) Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided , that any such Indebtedness that is owed by a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party shall be subject to Section 7.4 ;
          (d) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided , that Guarantees by any Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party shall be subject to Section 7.4 ;
          (e) Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
          (f) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;
          (g) Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 7.10 ; and
          (h) Indebtedness from Walter Industries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000; and

48


 

          (i) secured Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries so long as after giving effect thereto, the Borrower would be in pro forma compliance with Sections 6.1 and 6.2 (calculating Section 6.2 as if such Indebtedness was incurred on the first day of the period being tested).
Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, issue any preferred stock or other preferred equity interests that (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is or may become redeemable or repurchaseable by Borrower or such Subsidiary at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part or (iii) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for Indebtedness or preferred stock or any other preferred equity interests described in this paragraph, on or prior to, in the case of clause (i), (ii) or (iii), the first anniversary of the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.
      Section 7.2. Negative Pledge . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or property now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
          (a) Permitted Encumbrances;
          (b) any Liens on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date set forth on Schedule 7.2 ; provided , that such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
          (c) Liens on Accounts owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary that secure Non-Recourse Indebtedness;
          (d) Liens on property owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1(e) , (h) and (i) ;
          (e) Liens on REO properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and
          (f) extensions, renewals, or replacements of any Lien referred to in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 7.2 ; provided , that the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased and that any such extension, renewal or replacement is limited to the assets originally encumbered thereby.
      Section 7.3. Fundamental Changes .
          (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate into any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (in a single transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or liquidate or dissolve; provided , that if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may merge with a Person if the Borrower (or such Subsidiary if the Borrower is not a party to such merger) is the surviving Person, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into another Subsidiary; provided , that if any party to such merger is a Subsidiary Loan Party, the Subsidiary Loan Party shall be the surviving Person, (iii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to the Borrower or to a Subsidiary Loan Party and (iv) any Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Loan Party) may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided , that any

49


 

such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 7.4 .
          (b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and businesses reasonably related thereto.
      Section 7.4. Investments, Loans, Etc. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly-owned Subsidiary prior to such merger), any common stock, evidence of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant, or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person (all of the foregoing being collectively called “ Investments ”), or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person that constitute a business unit, or create or form any Subsidiary, except:
          (a) Investments (other than Permitted Investments) existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.4 (including Investments in Subsidiaries);
          (b) Permitted Investments;
          (c) Guarantees by Borrower and its Subsidiaries constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1 ;
          (d) Investments made by the Borrower in or to any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or in or to another Subsidiary; provided , that the aggregate amount of Investments by Loan Parties in or to, and Guarantees by Loan Parties of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party (including all such Investments and Guarantees existing on the Closing Date) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;
          (e) Hedging Transactions permitted by Section 7.10 ; and
          (f) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000.
      Section 7.5. Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any dividend or distribution on any class of its Capital Stock, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of, any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) subordinated to the Obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantee thereof or any options, warrants, or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock or such Indebtedness, whether now or hereafter outstanding (each, a “ Restricted Payment ”), except for (i) dividends payable by the Borrower solely in shares of any class of its common stock, (ii) Restricted Payments made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary, on at least a pro rata basis with any other shareholders if such Subsidiary is not wholly owned by the Borrower and other wholly owned Subsidiaries, (iii) to the extent that the Borrower is a REIT, cash dividends and distributions paid on the common stock of the Borrower to the extent necessary for Borrower to maintain its status as a REIT and to avoid incurring any corporate level income taxes and any excise taxes including those under Sections 857(b) and 4981 of the Code; (iv) to the extent that the Borrower is a REIT, cash distributions paid on the common stock of the Borrower of capital gains resulting from gains from certain asset sales to the extent necessary to avoid payment of taxes on such asset sales imposed under Sections 857(b)(3) and 4981 of the Code; and (v) other cash

50


 

dividends and distributions paid on the common stock of the Borrower so long as after giving pro forma effect to such dividends and distributions, together with the cash dividends and distributions paid pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) above, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
      Section 7.6. Sale of Assets . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, any of its assets, business or property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Loan Party (or to qualify directors if required by applicable law), except:
          (a) the sale or other disposition for fair market value of obsolete or worn out property or other property not necessary for operations disposed of in the ordinary course of business;
          (b) the sale of Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business;
          (c) the sale of Accounts securing Non-Recourse Indebtedness;
          (d) the sale of repossessed properties in the ordinary course of business; and
          (e) the sale of any Unencumbered Assets so long as after giving effect thereto the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 6.1 .
      Section 7.7. Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and any Subsidiary Loan Party not involving any other Affiliates, (c) payments made pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement, and (d) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.5 .
      Section 7.8. Restrictive Agreements . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit any Lien upon any of its assets or properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to its Capital Stock, to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to transfer any of its property or assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided , that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iii) clause (a) shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Non-Recourse Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions and conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Non-Recourse Indebtedness, (iv) clause (a) shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement governing Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.1(h) or (i) so long as such restrictions or conditions do not limit or restrict the ability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to grant Liens to secure the Obligations on Unencumbered Assets with an unpaid principal balance of at least $75,000,000, and (v) clause (a) shall not apply to customary provisions in leases restricting the assignment thereof.

51


 

      Section 7.9. Sale and Leaseback Transactions . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred.
      Section 7.10. Hedging Transactions . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging Transaction, other than Hedging Transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities. Solely for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower acknowledges that a Hedging Transaction entered into for speculative purposes or of a speculative nature (which shall be deemed to include any Hedging Transaction under which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is or may become obliged to make any payment (i) in connection with the purchase by any third party of any Capital Stock or any Indebtedness or (ii) as a result of changes in the market value of any Capital Stock or any Indebtedness) is not a Hedging Transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks.
      Section 7.11. Amendment to Material Documents . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend, modify or waive any of its rights in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders or the Borrower under (a) its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents or (b) the Merger Documents.
      Section 7.12. Accounting Changes . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or change the fiscal year of the Borrower or of any of its Subsidiaries, except to change the fiscal year of a Subsidiary to conform its fiscal year to that of the Borrower.
      Section 7.13. Government Regulation . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) be or become subject at any time to any law, regulation, or list of any Government Authority of the United States (including, without limitation, the U.S. Office of Foreign Asset Control list) that prohibits or limits Lenders or the Administrative Agent from making any advance or extension of credit to Borrower or from otherwise conducting business with the Loan Parties, or (b) fail to provide documentary and other evidence of the identity of the Loan Parties as may be requested by Lenders or the Administrative Agent at any time to enable Lenders or the Administrative Agent to verify the identity of the Loan Parties or to comply with any applicable law or regulation, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 1 U.S.C. Section 5318.
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
      Section 8.1. Events of Default . If any of the following events (each an “ Event of Default ”) shall occur:
          (a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or of any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement any payment under Section 2.21(a) or shall fail to make when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment or otherwise; or

52


 

          (b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount payable under clause (a) of this Section 8.1 ) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days; or
          (c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including the Schedules attached thereto) and any amendments or modifications hereof or waivers hereunder, or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other document submitted to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders by any Loan Party or any representative of any Loan Party pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or submitted; or
          (d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in Sections   5.2(a) , 5.3 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or 5.10 , or Articles VI or VII ; or the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in Sections 5.1 or 5.2 (excluding 5.2(a)) and such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days after the earlier of (i) any officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure, or (ii) notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or
          (e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (d) above) or any other Loan Document, and such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (i) any officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure, or (ii) notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or
          (f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary (whether as primary obligor or as guarantor or other surety) shall fail to pay any principal of, or premium or interest on, any Material Indebtedness that is outstanding, when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument evidencing or governing such Indebtedness; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption), purchased or defeased, or any offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or
          (g) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Section 8.1 , (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

53


 

          (h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its debts, or any substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall remain undismissed for a period of 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; or
          (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become unable to pay, shall admit in writing its inability to pay, or shall fail to pay, its debts as they become due; or
          (j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $3,500,000; or
          (k) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $3,500,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or
          (l) any non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or
          (m) a Change in Control shall occur or exist; or
          (n) any provision of any Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on, or enforceable against, any Subsidiary Loan Party, or any Subsidiary Loan Party shall so state in writing, or any Subsidiary Loan Party shall seek to terminate its Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement; or
          (o) any provision of the Support Letter of Credit shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on, or enforceable against, the Support L/C Bank, or the Support L/C Bank shall so state in writing, or the Support L/C Bank shall seek to terminate the Support Letter of Credit or shall give any notice that it intends not to renew the Support Letter of Credit;
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (g) or (h) of this Section 8.1 ) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the written request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, whereupon the Commitment of each Lender shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest on the Loans, and all other Obligations owing hereunder, to be, whereupon the same shall become, due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, (iii) draw on the Support Letter of Credit, (iv) exercise all remedies contained in any other Loan Document, and (v) exercise any other remedies available at law or in equity; and that, if an Event of Default specified in either clause (g) or (h) shall occur, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon, and all fees, and all other Obligations shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

54


 

ARTICLE IX
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
      Section 9.1. Appointment of Administrative Agent .
          (a) Each Lender irrevocably appoints SunTrust Bank as the Administrative Agent and authorizes it to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with all such actions and powers that are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by or through any one or more sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent or attorney-in-fact may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions set forth in this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent or attorney-in-fact and the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent, any such sub-agent and any such attorney-in-fact and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
          (b) The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith until such time and except for so long as the Administrative Agent may agree at the request of the Required Lenders to act for the Issuing Bank with respect thereto; provided, that the Issuing Bank shall have all the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the application and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article included the Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Issuing Bank.
      Section 9.2. Nature of Duties of Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except those discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.2 ), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it, its sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.2 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof (which notice shall include an express reference to such event being a “Default” or “Event of Default” hereunder) is given to the Administrative Agent by

55


 

the Borrower or any Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements, or other terms and conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower) concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.
      Section 9.3. Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent . Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking of any action under or based on this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
      Section 9.4. Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent . If the Administrative Agent shall request instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to any action or actions (including the failure to act) in connection with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such act, unless and until it shall have received instructions from such Lenders; and the Administrative Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders where required by the terms of this Agreement.
      Section 9.5. Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.
      Section 9.6. The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity . The bank serving as the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and any other Loan Document in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent; and the terms “Lenders”, “Required Lenders” or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. The bank acting as the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

56


 

      Section 9.7. Successor Administrative Agent .
          (a) The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent, subject to the approval by the Borrower provided that no Default or Event of Default shall exist at such time. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed, and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or a bank which maintains an office in the United States, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.
          (b) Upon the acceptance of its appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. If within 45 days after written notice is given of the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation under this Section 9.7 no successor Administrative Agent shall have been appointed and shall have accepted such appointment, then on such 45 th day (i) the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective, (ii) the retiring Administrative Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents and (iii) the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all duties of the retiring Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent and its representatives and agents in respect of any actions taken or not taken by any of them while it was serving as the Administrative Agent.
          (c) In addition to the foregoing, if a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender may, upon prior written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, resign as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, respectively, effective at the close of business New York time on a date specified in such notice (which date may not be less than five Business Days after the date of such notice); provided that such resignation by the Issuing Bank will have no effect on the validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit then outstanding or on the obligations of the Borrower or any Lender under this Agreement with respect to any such outstanding Letter of Credit or otherwise to the Issuing Bank; and provided , further, that such resignation by the Swingline Lender will have no effect on its rights in respect of any outstanding Swingline Loans or on the obligations of the Borrower or any Lender under this Agreement with respect to any such outstanding Swingline Loan.
      Section 9.8 Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses.

57


 

      Section 9.9. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.
          (a) In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or any Revolving Credit Exposure shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
          (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans or Revolving Credit Exposure and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent under Section 10.3 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
          (ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and
          (b) Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Section 10.3 .
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
           Section 9.10. Authorization to Execute other Loan Documents . Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of all Lenders all Loan Documents other than this Agreement.
           Section 9.11. Syndication Agent . Each Lender hereby designates Regions Bank as Syndication Agent and agrees that the Syndication Agent shall have no duties or obligations under any Loan Documents to any Lender or any Loan Party.

58


 

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
      Section 10.1. Notices .
          (a) Written Notices .
          (i) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications to any party herein to be effective shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
         
 
  To the Borrower:   Walter Investment Management Corp.
 
      4211 W. Boy Scout Blvd.
 
      Tampa, Florida 33607
 
      Attention: Kimberly A. Perez
 
           Vice President, Corporate Finance Operations
 
      Telecopy Number: (813) 871-4141
 
       
 
  To the Administrative Agent
or Swingline Lender:
  SunTrust Bank
 
      303 Peachtree Street, N. E.
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30308
 
      Attention: Steve Deily
 
      Telecopy Number: (404) 588-8833
 
       
 
  With a copy to:   SunTrust Bank
 
      Agency Services
 
      303 Peachtree Street, N. E./ 25 th Floor
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30308
 
      Attention: Mr. Doug Weltz
 
      Telecopy Number: (404) 221-2001
 
       
 
      and
 
       
 
      King & Spalding LLP
 
      1180 Peachtree Street, N.W.
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30309
 
      Attention: Carolyn Z. Alford
 
      Telecopy Number: (404) 572-5100
 
       
 
  To the Issuing Bank:   SunTrust Bank
 
      25 Park Place, N. E./Mail Code 3706
 
      16 th Floor
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30303
 
      Attention: Standby Letter of Credit Dept.
 
      Telecopy Number: (404) 588-8129
 
       
 
  To the Swingline Lender:   SunTrust Bank

59


 

         
 
      Agency Services
 
      303 Peachtree Street, N.E./25 th Floor
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30308
 
      Attention: Mr. Doug Weltz
 
      Telecopy Number: (404) 221-2001
 
       
 
    To any other Lender:   the address set forth in the Administrative Questionnaire or the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement executed by such Lender
Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall, when transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the mail or if delivered, upon delivery; provided, that notices delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall not be effective until actually received by such Person at its address specified in this Section 10.1 .
          (ii) Any agreement of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders herein to receive certain notices by telephone, facsimile or other electronic transmission is solely for the convenience and at the request of the Borrower. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Borrower to give such notice and the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall not have any liability to the Borrower or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice. The obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and all other Obligations hereunder shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders of a confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to be contained in any such telephonic or facsimile notice.
          (b) Electronic Communications .
          (i) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article 2 unless such Lender, the Issuing Bank, as applicable, and Administrative Agent have agreed to receive notices under such Section by electronic communication and have agreed to the procedures governing such communications. Administrative Agent or Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
          (ii) Unless Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such

60


 

notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
     (c) Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) or Section 5.2(e) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.1 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 5.1(c) to the Administrative Agent. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
     (d) The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (i) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Syntrak, Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (ii) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities, (1) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (2) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”, the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws; (3) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (4) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”
      Section 10.2. Waiver; Amendments .

61


 

          (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or any other Loan Document, and no course of dealing between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent or any Lender , shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 10.2 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.
          (b) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (other than the Closing Date Fee Letter), nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , that no such amendment or waiver shall: (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or LC Disbursement or interest thereon or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date for the termination or reduction of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change any of the provisions of this Section 10.2 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender; (v) release any guarantor or limit the liability of any such guarantor under any guaranty agreement, without the written consent of each Lender; or (vi) release or cancel the Support Letter of Credit, without the written consent of each Lender; provided further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights, duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of such Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended and restated without the consent of any Lender (but with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) if, upon giving effect to such amendment and restatement, such Lender shall no longer be a party to this Agreement (as so amended and restated), the Commitments of such Lender shall have terminated (but such Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.17 , 2.18 , 2.19 and 10.3 ), such Lender shall have no other commitment or other obligation hereunder and shall have been paid in full all principal, interest and other amounts owing to it or accrued for its account under this Agreement.
             Section 10.3. Expenses; Indemnification .
          (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and their Affiliates , in connection with the syndication

62


 

of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be consummated), including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section 10.3 , or in connection with the Loans made or any Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
          (b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), the Syndication Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender, each Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party, by Walter Industries or any of its Subsidiaries or by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Related Transaction Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Related Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the issuance of the Support Letter of Credit by any bank that is also a Lender under this Agreement, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through Syntrak or any other Internet or intranet website, except as a result of such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and nonappealable judgment.
          (c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under clauses (a), (b) or (c) hereof, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided , that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified payment, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.

63


 

          (d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to actual or direct damages) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated therein, any Loan or any Letter of Credit or the use of proceeds thereof.
          (e) All amounts due under this Section 10.3 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.
          (f) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.3 shall not apply to any Taxes.
           Section 10.4. Successors and Assigns .
          (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
          (b) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments, Loans, and other Revolving Credit Exposure at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
     (i) Minimum Amounts .
     (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments, Loans and other Revolving Credit Exposure at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
     (B) in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Acceptance, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $2,000,000 and in minimum increments of $1,000,000, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

64


 

               (ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans, other Revolving Credit Exposure or the Commitments assigned.
               (iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
          (A) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;
          (B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment; and
          (C) the consent of the Issuing Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding), and the consent of the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Commitments.
               (iv) Assignment and Acceptance . The parties to each assignment shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance, (B) a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 , (C) an Administrative Questionnaire unless the assignee is already a Lender and (D) the documents required under Section 2.19 if such assignee is a Foreign Lender.
               (v) No Assignment to Borrower . No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
               (vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 10.4 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections  2.17 , 2.18 , 2.19 and 10.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section 10.4 . If the consent of the Borrower to an assignment is required hereunder (including a consent to an assignment which does not meet the minimum assignment thresholds specified above), the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the date notice thereof has actually been

65


 

delivered by the assigning Lender (through the Administrative Agent) to the Borrower, unless such consent is expressly refused by the Borrower prior to such fifth Business Day.
          (c) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Atlanta, Georgia a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). Information contained in the Register with respect to any Lender shall be available for inspection by such Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice; information contained in the Register shall also be available for inspection by the Borrower at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In establishing and maintaining the Register, Administrative Agent shall serve as Borrower’s agent solely for tax purposes and solely with respect to the actions described in this Section , and the Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent SunTrust Bank serves in such capacity, SunTrust Bank and its officers, directors, employees, agents, sub-agents and affiliates shall constitute “Indemnitees.”
          (d) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.
          (e) Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver with respect to the following to the extent affecting such Participant: (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or LC Disbursement or interest thereon or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date for the termination or reduction of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.20(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section 10.4 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender; (vi) release any guarantor or limit the liability of any such guarantor under any guaranty agreement without the written consent of each Lender except to the extent such release is expressly provided under the terms of such guaranty agreement; or (vii) release all or substantially all collateral (if any) securing any of the Obligations. Subject to paragraph (e) of this Section 10.4 , the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.17 , 2.18 , and 2.19 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 10.4 . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7

66


 

as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.20 as though it were a Lender.
          (f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.17 and Section 2.19 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.19 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.19(e) as though it were a Lender.
          (g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
      Section 10.5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .
          (a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law of the State of New York .
          (b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and of Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York county and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state court or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
          (c) The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding described in paragraph (b) of this Section 10.5 and brought in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 10.5 . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
          (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to the service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1 . Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
      Section 10.6. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON

67


 

CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
      Section 10.7. Right of Setoff . In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall have the right, at any time or from time to time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply against all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) of the Borrower at any time held or other obligations at any time owing by such Lender and the Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all Obligations held by such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, irrespective of whether such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have made demand hereunder and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower after any such set-off and any application made by such Lender and the Issuing Bank, as the case may be; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees to apply all amounts collected from any such set-off to the Obligations before applying such amounts to any other Indebtedness or other obligations owed by the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries to such Lender or Issuing Bank.
      Section 10.8. Counterparts; Integration . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreement(s) relating to any fees payable to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and their Affiliates constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and thereto and their affiliates regarding the subject matters hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, regarding such subject matters. Delivery of an executed counterpart to this Agreement or any other Loan Document by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail in pdf form shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
      Section 10.9. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.17 , 2.18 , 2.19 , and 10.3 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. All representations and warranties made herein, in the certificates, reports, notices, and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the

68


 

execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit.
      Section 10.10. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability without affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof; and the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
      Section 10.11. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions to maintain the confidentiality of any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, to the extent designated in writing as confidential and provided to it by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except that such information may be disclosed (i) to any Related Party of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any such Lender including without limitation accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, (ii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iv) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.11 , or which becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vii) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.11 , to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, or (B) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap or derivative or similar transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (viii) any rating agency, (ix) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization, or (x) with the consent of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of any information as provided for in this Section 10.11 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such Person would accord its own confidential information.
      Section 10.12. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which may be treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively, the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest (the “ Maximum Rate” ) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by a Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 10.12 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of repayment (to the extent permitted by applicable law), shall have been received by such Lender.

69


 

      Section 10.13. Waiver of Effect of Corporate Seal . The Borrower represents and warrants that neither it nor any other Loan Party is required to affix its corporate seal to this Agreement or any other Loan Document pursuant to any requirement of law or regulation, agrees that this Agreement is delivered by Borrower under seal and waives any shortening of the statute of limitations that may result from not affixing the corporate seal to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents.
      Section 10.14. Patriot Act . The Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.
      Section 10.15. Location of Closing . Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that it has delivered, with the intent to be bound, its executed counterparts of this Agreement to the Administrative Agent, c/o King & Spalding LLP, 1185 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it has delivered, with the intent to be bound, its executed counterparts of this Agreement and each other Loan Document, together with all other documents, instruments, opinions, certificates and other items required under Section 3.1 , to the Administrative Agent, c/o King & Spalding LLP, 1185 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036. All parties agree that closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement has occurred in New York.
(remainder of page left intentionally blank)

70


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.
 
 
  By   /s/ Charles Cauthen     
    Name:   Charles Cauthen   
    Title:   President and Chief Operating Officer   
 
  SUNTRUST BANK
as Administrative Agent, as Issuing Bank, as
Swingline Lender and as a Lender

 
 
  By   /s/ Steven A. Deily     
    Name:   Steven A. Deily   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  REGIONS BANK
 
 
  By   /s/ April Monteith     
    Name:   April Monteith   
    Title:   Vice President   
 

Exhibit 10.1.2
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AGREEMENT
      THIS SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 20, 2009, by and among WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP., a Maryland corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each of the subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule I hereto (each such subsidiary individually, a “ Guarantor ” and collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) and SUNTRUST BANK, a Georgia banking corporation, as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the benefit of itself and the several banks and other financial institutions (the “ Lenders ”) from time to time party to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), the Administrative Agent, and SunTrust Bank, as Issuing Bank and as Swingline Lender (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS , pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have agreed to establish a revolving credit facility in favor of the Borrower;
      WHEREAS , each of the Guarantors is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower and will derive substantial benefit from the making of Loans by the Lenders and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Issuing Bank; and
      WHEREAS , it is a condition precedent to the obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender, and the Lenders under the Credit Agreement that each Guarantor execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement in the form hereof, and each Guarantor wishes to fulfill said condition precedent;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in order to induce Lenders to extend the Loans and the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit and to make the financial accommodations as provided for in the Credit Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
      Section 1. Guarantee . Each Guarantor unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, (i) the due and punctual payment of all Obligations including, without limitation, (A) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (B) each payment required to be made by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement or disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral, and (C) all other monetary obligations, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the


 

Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) the due and punctual performance of all covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of the Borrower, monetary or otherwise, arising under any Hedging Transaction incurred to limit interest rate or fee fluctuation with respect to the Loans and Letters of Credit entered into with a counterparty that was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Hedging Transaction was entered into (each such person a “ Specified Hedge Provider ”; the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Specified Hedge Providers, collectively, the “ Guaranteed Parties ” and each individually a “ Guaranteed Party ”) (all the monetary and other obligations referred to in the preceding clauses (i) through (iii) being collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from such Guarantor, and that such Guarantor will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligations.
      Section 2. Obligations Not Waived . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives presentment or protest to, demand of or payment from the other Loan Parties of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against the Borrower or any other Guarantor under the provisions of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) the failure of any Guaranteed Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against the Borrower or any other Guarantor under the provisions or any instruments, agreements or documents executed in connection with any Hedging Transaction incurred to limit interest rate or fee fluctuation with respect to the Loans and Letters of Credit entered into with a Specified Hedge Provider (each such document, a “ Hedging Document ”), (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Hedging Document, any guarantee or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, or (iv) the failure to perfect any security interest in, or the release of, any of the security held by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Guaranteed Party.
      Section 3. Guarantee of Payment . Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any Guaranteed Party to any of the security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any Guaranteed Party in favor of the Borrower or any other Person.
      Section 4. No Discharge or Diminishment of Guarantee . The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Guaranteed Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Hedging Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any provision of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or by any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to the extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of each Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations).

2


 

      Section 5. Defenses of Borrower Waived . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Loan Party, other than the final and indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the Guaranteed Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with any other Loan Party or any other guarantor, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully, finally and indefeasibly paid in cash. Pursuant to applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or guarantor, as the case may be, or any security.
      Section 6. Agreement to Pay; Subordination . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any Guaranteed Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Guaranteed Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent, all rights of such Guarantor against any Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Guaranteed Obligations. In addition, any indebtedness of any Loan Party (other than that set forth on Schedule 7.1 to the Credit Agreement and in effect on the Closing Date) now or hereafter held by any Guarantor is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations; provided, however, that if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, payment of such indebtedness may be made as permitted under the Credit Agreement. If any amount shall erroneously be paid to any Guarantor on account of (i) such subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right or (ii) any such indebtedness of any Loan Party, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Guaranteed Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited against the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.
      Section 7. Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of other Loan Parties’ financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the Guaranteed Parties will have any duty to advise any of the Guarantors of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.
      Section 8. Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 6 ), the Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Guarantor shall be sold to satisfy a claim of any Guaranteed Party under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

3


 

      Section 9. Contribution and Subrogation . Each Guarantor (a “ Contributing Guarantor ”) agrees (subject to Section 6 ) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor under this Agreement or assets of any other Guarantor shall be sold to satisfy a claim of any Guaranteed Party and such other Guarantor (the “ Claiming Guarantor ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrower as provided in Section 8 , the Contributing Guarantor shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to the amount of such payment or the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 21 , the date of the Supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing Guarantor making any payment to a Claiming Guarantor pursuant to this Section 9 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Guarantor under Section 8 to the extent of such payment.
      Section 10. Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Section 8 and Section 9 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations; provided , however, that if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, payment with respect to such rights may be made as permitted under the Credit Agreement. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required under applicable law or otherwise shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.
      Section 11. Representations and Warranties . Each Guarantor represents and warrants as to itself that all representations and warranties relating to it (as a Subsidiary of the Borrower) contained in the Credit Agreement are true and correct.
      Section 12. Termination . The guarantees made hereunder (i) shall terminate when all the Guaranteed Obligations (other than those Guaranteed Obligations relating to the Hedging Obligations) have been paid in full in cash and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the LC Exposure has been reduced to zero and the Issuing Bank has no further obligation to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement and (ii) shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Lender or any Guarantor upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, any Guarantor or otherwise. In connection with the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to such Guarantor or Guarantor’s designee, at such Guarantor’s expense, any documents or instruments, without representation or recourse, which such Guarantor shall reasonably request from time to time to evidence such termination and release.
      Section 13. Binding Effect; Several Agreement; Assignments . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Guarantors that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Guarantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Guarantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Guarantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and the Guaranteed Parties, and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Guarantor shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such attempted

4


 

assignment shall be void). If all of the capital stock of a Guarantor is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of pursuant to a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement, such Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Agreement without further action. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Guarantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Guarantor without the approval of any other Guarantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Guarantor hereunder.
      Section 14. Waivers; Amendment .
     (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent of any kind in exercising any power, right or remedy hereunder and no course of dealing between any Guarantor on the one hand the and Administrative Agent or any holder of any Note on the other hand shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy hereunder, under any other Loan Document or under any Hedging Document, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a power, right or remedy, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The rights and of the Administrative Agent hereunder and of the Guaranteed Parties under the other Loan Documents and the Hedging Documents, as applicable, are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by subsection (b) below, and then such waiver and consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice in similar or other circumstances.
     (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to a written agreement entered into between the Guarantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification relates and the Administrative Agent, with the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement).
      Section 15. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each Guarantor shall be given to it at its address set forth on Schedule I attached hereto.
      Section 16. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability without affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof; and the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
      Section 17. Counterparts; Integration . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract (subject to Section 13 ), and shall become effective as provided in Section 13 . Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto regarding the subject matters hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, regarding such subject matter.
      Section 18. Rules of Interpretation . The rules of interpretation specified in Section 1.4 of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Agreement.

5


 

      Section 19. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .
     (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law of the State of New York.
     (b) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States courts located within the Southern district in the State of New York, and of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York county and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Hedging Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state court or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Federal court. Each Guarantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Guaranteed Party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Guarantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
     (c) Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding described in paragraph (b) of this Section and brought in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
     (d) Each Guarantor irrevocably consents to the service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of the Administrative Agent or any Guaranteed Party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
      Section 20. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY HEDGING DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (i) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (ii) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE HEDGING DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
      Section 21. Additional Guarantors . Upon execution and delivery after the date hereof by the Administrative Agent and such Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of Annex 1 , each Subsidiary that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor as a party to this Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor as a party to this Agreement.

6


 

      Section 22. Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Guaranteed Party is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other Indebtedness at any time owing by such Guaranteed Party to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any or all the obligations of such Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Hedging Documents held by such Guaranteed Party, irrespective of whether or not such Person shall have made any demand under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Hedging Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Guaranteed Party under this Section 22 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Guaranteed Party may have.
      Section 23. Savings Clause .
     (a) It is the intent of each Guarantor and the Administrative Agent that each Guarantor’s maximum obligations hereunder shall be, but not in excess of:
     (i) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against any Guarantor under the provisions of Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§101 et seq. (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) on or within two years from the date on which any of the Guaranteed Obligations are incurred, the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the Guaranteed Obligations (or any other obligations of such Guarantor owed to the Administrative Agent or the Guaranteed Parties) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Guarantor under (i) Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in such case or proceeding by virtue of Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code; or
     (ii) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against any Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code subsequent to two years from the date on which any of the Guaranteed Obligations are incurred, the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the Guaranteed Obligations (or any other obligations of such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent or the Guaranteed Parties) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Guarantor under any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in any such case or proceeding by virtue of Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code; or
     (iii) in a case or proceeding commenced by or against any Guarantor under any law, statute or regulation other than the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, any other bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar debtor relief laws), the maximum amount which would not otherwise cause the Guaranteed Obligations (or any other obligations of such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent or the Guaranteed Parties) to be avoidable or unenforceable against such Guarantor under such law, statute or regulation including, without limitation, any state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance act or statute applied in any such case or proceeding.
     (b) The substantive laws under which the possible avoidance or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations (or any other obligations of such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent or the Guaranteed Parties) as may be determined in any case or proceeding shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Avoidance Provisions ”. To the extent set forth in Section 23(a)(i) , (ii) , and (iii) , but only to the extent that the Guaranteed Obligations would otherwise be subject to avoidance or found unenforceable under the Avoidance Provisions, if any Guarantor is not deemed to have received valuable consideration, fair value or reasonably equivalent value for the Guaranteed Obligations, or if the Guaranteed Obligations would render such Guarantor insolvent, or leave such Guarantor with an unreasonably small capital to conduct its business, or cause such Guarantor to have incurred debts (or to

7


 

have intended to have incurred debts) beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, in each case as of the time any of the Guaranteed Obligations are deemed to have been incurred under the Avoidance Provisions and after giving effect to the contribution by such Guarantor, the maximum Guaranteed Obligations for which such Guarantor shall be liable hereunder shall be reduced to that amount which, after giving effect thereto, would not cause the Guaranteed Obligations (or any other obligations of such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent or the Guaranteed Parties), as so reduced, to be subject to avoidance or unenforceability under the Avoidance Provisions.
     (c) This Section 23 is intended solely to preserve the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Guaranteed Parties hereunder to the maximum extent that would not cause the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor to be subject to avoidance or unenforceability under the Avoidance Provisions, and neither the Guarantors nor any other Person shall have any right or claim under this Section 23 as against the Administrative Agent or Guaranteed Parties that would not otherwise be available to such Person under the Avoidance Provisions.

8


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES LISTED
ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

 
 
  By:   /s/ Stuart Boyd     
    Name:   Stuart Boyd   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
CORP.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Stuart Boyd     
    Name:   Stuart Boyd   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
         
SUNTRUST BANK, as
Administrative Agent
 
 
By:   /s/ Steven A. Deily     
    Name:   Steven A. Deily   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 

Exhibit 10.1.3
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
dated as of April 20, 2009
among
WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.,
as Borrower,
and
WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC.,
as Lender


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1.   Definitions
    1  
Section 1.2.   [Reserved]
    2  
Section 1.3.   [Reserved]
    2  
Section 1.4.   Terms Generally
    2  
 
       
ARTICLE II AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS
    3  
 
       
Section 2.1.   General Description of Facilities
    3  
Section 2.2.   Loans
    3  
Section 2.3.   Procedure for Borrowings
    3  
Section 2.4.   [Reserved]
    3  
Section 2.5.   Funding of Loans
    3  
Section 2.6.   [Reserved]
    3  
Section 2.7.   Termination
    3  
Section 2.8.   Repayment of Loans
    4  
Section 2.9.   Optional Prepayments
    4  
Section 2.10.   [Reserved]
    4  
Section 2.11.   Interest on Loans
    4  
Section 2.12.   Fees
    4  
Section 2.13.   Computation of Interest and Fees
    5  
Section 2.14.   [Reserved]
    5  
Section 2.15.   [Reserved]
    5  
Section 2.16.   [Reserved]
    5  
Section 2.17.   [Reserved]
    5  
Section 2.18.   Taxes
    5  
Section 2.19.   Payments Generally
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS
    6  
 
       
Section 3.1.   Conditions To Effectiveness
    6  
Section 3.2.   Each Credit Event
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1.   Existence; Power
    8  
Section 4.2.   Organizational Power; Authorization
    8  
Section 4.3.   Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts
    8  
Section 4.4.   [Reserved]
    8  
Section 4.5.   [Reserved]
    8  
Section 4.6.   Compliance with Laws and Agreements
    8  
Section 4.7.   Investment Company Act, Etc.
    8  
Section 4.8.   [Reserved]
    9  
Section 4.9.   Margin Regulations
    9  


 

         
    Page  
Section 4.10.   [Reserved]
    9  
Section 4.11.   Ownership of Property
    9  
Section 4.12.   [Reserved]
    10  
Section 4.13.   [Reserved]
    10  
Section 4.14.   [Reserved]
    10  
Section 4.15.   [Reserved]
    10  
Section 4.16.   OFAC
    10  
Section 4.17.   Patriot Act
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1.   Financial Statements and Other Information
    10  
Section 5.2.   Notices of Material Events
    10  
Section 5.3.   Existence; Conduct of Business
    11  
Section 5.4.   Compliance with Laws, Etc.
    11  
Section 5.5.   Payment of Obligations
    11  
Section 5.6.   Books and Records
    12  
Section 5.7.   Visitation, Inspection, Etc.
    12  
Section 5.8.   Maintenance of Properties; Insurance
    12  
Section 5.9.   Claims for Reinsurance Recovery
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE VI FINANCIAL COVENANTS
    12  
 
       
Section 6.1.   Minimum Unencumbered Assets
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS
    12  
 
       
Section 7.1.   Indebtedness and Preferred Equity
    13  
Section 7.2.   Negative Pledge
    13  
Section 7.3.   Additional Negative Covenants
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT
    13  
 
       
Section 8.1.   Events of Default
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE IX SECURITY PROVISIONS
    15  
 
       
Section 9.1.   Grant of Security Interest
    15  
Section 9.2.   Remedies
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
    16  
 
       
Section 10.1.   Notices
    16  
Section 10.2.   Waiver; Amendments
    17  
Section 10.3.   Expenses; Indemnification
    18  
Section 10.4.   Successors and Assigns
    19  
Section 10.5.   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    19  
Section 10.6.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    19  

ii


 

         
    Page  
Section 10.7.   Right of Setoff
    20  
Section 10.8.   Counterparts; Integration
    20  
Section 10.9.   Survival
    20  
Section 10.10.   Severability
    20  
Section 10.11.   Confidentiality
    21  
Section 10.12.   [Reserved]
    21  
Section 10.13.   [Reserved]
    21  
Section 10.14.   Patriot Act
    21  

iii


 

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
      THIS REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 20, 2009, by and among WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP., a Maryland corporation (the “Borrower”), and Walter Industries, Inc. (the “Lender”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS , the Borrower has requested that the Lenders establish a $10,000,000 revolving credit facility in favor of the Borrower;
      WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lender is willing to establish the requested revolving credit facility in favor of the Borrower.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Borrower and the Lender agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
      Section 1.1.    Definitions . Unless otherwise defined in the Syndicated Credit Agreement and in addition to the other terms defined herein, the following terms used herein shall have the meanings herein specified (to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
     “ Availability Period ” shall mean the period from Effectiveness Date to but excluding the Termination Date.
     “ Borrower ” shall have the meaning in the introductory paragraph hereof.
     “ Collateral ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1.
     “ Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of the Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000.
     “ Default ” shall mean any condition or event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
     “ Effectiveness Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.2.
     “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Article VIII.
     “ Interest Rate ” shall mean the rate per annum equal to three-month or one-month, as directed by the Borrower, LIBOR as published in the Wall Street Journal for the Business Day previous to the date the request for such Loan is made plus 4.00%.


 

     “ Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement; (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Lender under this Agreement; or (d) a material adverse effect upon the effect, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Borrower of this Agreement.
     “ Obligations ” shall mean all amounts owing by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise with respect to any Loan including without limitation, all principal, interest (including any interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), all reimbursement obligations, fees, expenses, indemnification and reimbursement payments, costs and expenses (including all fees and expenses of counsel to the Lender) incurred pursuant to this Agreement), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, now existing or hereafter arising hereunder or thereunder.
     “ Payment Office ” shall mean the office designate from time to time by the Lender to the Borrower.
     “ Reinsurance Policy ” shall mean an insurance policy issued by an insurance company authorized to do business in the United States and having a Best Financial rating of A or better which is  obtained by Borrower and maintained by its Bermuda based Captive Insurance Company, Walter Investment Reinsurance Co., Ltd. The policy shall provide for named windstorm excess of loss coverage terms with a minimum of $10,000,000 in per occurrence limits and a maximum deductible or self insured retention of $2,500,000.
     “ Syndicated Credit Agreement ” shall mean that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2009, among the Borrower, SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent and the lenders from time to time parties thereto.
     “ Termination Date ” shall mean April 20, 2011.
      Section 1.2.    [Reserved] .
      Section 1.3.    [Reserved] .
      Section 1.4.    Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” means “to but excluding”. Unless

2


 

the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as it was originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iii) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references to Articles and Sections shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections to this Agreement and (v) all references to a specific time shall be construed to refer to the time in the city and state of the Lender’s office, unless otherwise indicated.
ARTICLE II
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS
      Section 2.1.   General Description of Facilities . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) the Lender hereby establishes in favor of the Borrower a revolving credit facility pursuant to which it agrees to make Loans to the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.2 .
      Section 2.2.    Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lender agrees to make revolving loans (each, a “ Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time that will not result in the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans exceeding $10,000,000. During the Availability Period, the Borrower shall be entitled to borrow, prepay and reborrow Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided , that the Borrower may not borrow or reborrow should there exist a Default or Event of Default.
      Section 2.3.    Procedure for Borrowings . The Borrower shall give the Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each borrowing (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”) prior to 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Day prior to the requested date of each borrowing. Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Loan and (ii) the date of such Loan (which shall be a Business Day). The aggregate principal amount of each Loan shall be at least $1,000,000 and any larger multiple of $500,000.
      Section 2.4.    [Reserved] .
      Section 2.5.    Funding of Loans .
     The Lender will make available each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof effecting a wire transfer of such amounts to an account designated by the Borrower to the Lender.
      Section 2.6.    [Reserved] .
      Section 2.7.    Termination .

3


 

   Unless previously terminated, all Commitments shall terminate on the Commitment Termination Date.
      Section 2.8.    Repayment of Loans .
     (a) The outstanding principal amount of all Loans shall be due and payable (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) on the Termination Date.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time after the Effectiveness Date, the Borrower will apply 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Reinsurance Policy towards the prepayment of any Obligations outstanding under this Agreement, such prepayment to be effected promptly and in no event later than two Business Days after receipt of the net cash proceeds.
      Section 2.9.    Optional Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Loan, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, by giving irrevocable written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Lender no later than 11:00 a.m. not less than three (3) Business Days prior to any such prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the proposed date of such prepayment and the principal amount of each Loan or portion thereof to be prepaid
      Section 2.10.    [Reserved] .
      Section 2.11.    Interest on Loans .
     (a) The Borrower shall pay interest on each Loan at the Interest Rate.
     (b) [Reserved].
     (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) above, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the option of the Lenders, and after acceleration, the Borrower shall pay interest (“ Default Interest ”) with respect to all Loans at the rate per annum equal to 200 basis points above the Interest Rate.
     (d) Interest on the principal amount of all Loans shall accrue from and including the date such Loans are made to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof. Interest on all outstanding Loans shall be payable on each day which occurs every three months after the initial date of the Loan, and on the Termination Date.
      Section 2.12.    Fees .
     (a) The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a fee equal to $25,000, payable on the making of the initial Loan hereunder.
     (b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum on the daily amount of the unused Commitment during the Availability Period.

4


 

     (c) [Reserved].
     (d) [Reserved].
     (e) Accrued fees under paragraphs (b) above shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing after the full first fiscal quarter after the initial making of any Loans hereunder, and on the Termination Date.
      Section 2.13.    Computation of Interest and Fees . Interest and all fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). Each determination by the Lender of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be made in good faith and, except for manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.
      Section 2.14.    [Reserved] .
      Section 2.15.    [Reserved] .
      Section 2.16.   [Reserved] .
      Section 2.17.   [Reserved] .
      Section 2.18.   Taxes .
     (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided , that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes) the Lender shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
     (b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes (to the extent not duplicative of amounts paid in Section 2.18(a)) to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
     (c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender, within five (5) Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Lender on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.18 ) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

5


 

     (d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall, to the extent available to the Borrower, deliver to the Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.
     (e) [Reserved].
     (f) If the Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received any credit or refund of any Indemnified Tax or Other Tax as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower, it shall pay over such refund or credit to Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrower under this Section, with respect to Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that Borrower, upon request of the Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the Governmental Authority) to the Lender in the event the Lender is requested to repay such refund to the Governmental Authority.
      Section 2.19.    Payments Generally .
     The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, or of amounts payable under Section 2.19, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon on the date when due, in immediately available funds, free and clear of any defenses, rights of set-off, counterclaim, or withholding or deduction of taxes. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Lender, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Lender at the Payment Office. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be made payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS
      Section 3.1.    Conditions To Effectiveness . The obligations of the Lender to make Loans shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.2 ).
     (a) The Lender shall have received payment of all fees, expenses and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effectiveness Date.
     (b) The Lender (or its counsel) shall have received the following, each to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

6


 

        (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed by or on behalf of the Borrower (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) or written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Borrower has signed a counterpart of this Agreement;
        (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, attaching and certifying copies of its bylaws and of the resolutions of its board of directors authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and certifying the name, title and true signature of each officer of the Borrower executing this Agreement;
        (iii) certified copies of the articles or certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization or limited partnership, or other registered organizational documents of the Borrower, together with certificates of good standing or existence, as may be available from the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower;
        (iv) [Reserved]; and
        (v) a certificate dated the Effectiveness Date and signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that after giving effect to the funding any initial Loan, (x) no Default or Event of Default exists and (y) all representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement are true and correct.
     (c) Each document (including any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by this Agreement or under law or reasonable requested by the Lender to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Lender a perfected Lien on the Collateral, prior and superior in right to any Person shall be in proper form for filing and registration.
     (d) The Lender shall have received a certificate of insurance providing evidence of the coverage meeting the requirements set forth in the definition of Reinsurance Policy and such certificate shall provide that written notice of any change or cancellation be provided to the Lender within 30 days.
     (e) A major hurricane has occurred with projected losses greater than $2,500,000 self-insured retention.
      Section 3.2.    Each Credit Event . The obligation of the Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Loan is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
     (a) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Loan, no Default or Event of Default shall exist; and
     (b) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Loan all representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Loan, before and after giving effect thereto except to the

7


 

extent that such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties specifically refer to such earlier date.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender as follows:
      Section 4.1.    Existence; Power . The Borrower (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, and (iii) is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where a failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 4.2.    Organizational Power; Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement is within the Borrower’s organizational powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary organizational and if required, shareholder, partner or member, action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, and constitutes valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
      Section 4.3.    Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any action by, any Governmental Authority, except those as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any Requirements of Law applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any judgment, order or ruling of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its assets or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
      Section 4.4.    [Reserved] .
      Section 4.5.    [Reserved] .
      Section 4.6.    Compliance with Laws and Agreements . The Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance with (a) all Requirements of Law and all judgments, decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority and (b) all indentures, agreements or other instruments binding upon it or its properties, except where non-compliance, either singly or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 4.7.    Investment Company Act, Etc. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company” or is “controlled” by an “investment company”,

8


 

as such terms are defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) otherwise subject to any other regulatory scheme limiting its ability to incur debt or requiring any approval or consent from or registration or filing with, any Governmental Authority in connection therewith.
      Section 4.8.    [Reserved] .
      Section 4.9.    Margin Regulations . None of the proceeds of any of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” with the respective meanings of each of such terms under Regulation U or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulation T, U or X. Neither the Borrower nor its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock.”
      Section 4.10.    [Reserved] .
      Section 4.11.    Ownership of Property .
     (a) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property material to the operation of its business, including all such properties material to the operation of the mortgage finance business operated by Walter Mortgage Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the Merger (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are material to the business or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting and are in full force.
     (b) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed, or otherwise has the right, to use, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and other intellectual property related to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe in any material respect on the rights of any other Person, except where a failure to own, license or use such intellectual property or such infringment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or any applicable Subsidiary operates, except that all REO properties may be insured with an Affiliate of the Borrower.
     (d) On the Effectiveness Date, this Agreement will be effective to create in favor of the Lender a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral and proceeds thereof. When financing statements in appropriate filings are filed in the State Department of Assessment and Taxation of the State of Maryland, and the Lender is named as additional insured on the Reinsurance Policy, this Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrower in such Collateral and the proceeds

9


 

thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person.
      Section 4.12.   [Reserved] .
      Section 4.13.    [Reserved] .
      Section 4.14.    [Reserved] .
      Section 4.15.    [Reserved] .
      Section 4.16.    OFAC . None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower (i) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) has more than 15% of its assets in Sanctioned Countries, or (iii) derives more than 15% of its operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Countries. No part of the proceeds of any Loans hereunder will be used directly or indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country or for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
      Section 4.17.   Patriot Act . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto. Neither the Borrower nor any or its Subsidiaries is in violation of (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (b) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (c) the Patriot Act. None of the Loan Parties (i) is a blocked person described in section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) to the best of its knowledge, engages in any dealings or transactions, or is otherwise associated, with any such blocked person.
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     The Borrower covenants and agrees that so long as the Lender has a Commitment hereunder or any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding:
      Section 5.1.   Financial Statements and Other Information . As soon as available and in any event within two Business Days after delivery thereof, the Borrower will deliver to the Lender a copy of all documents delivered pursuant to the Syndicated Credit Agreement.
      Section 5.2.    Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Lender prompt written notice of the following:

10


 

     (a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
     (b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
     (c) [Reserved];
     (d) [Reserved];
     (e) the occurrence of any default or event of default, or the receipt by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any written notice of an alleged default or event of default, with respect to any Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (f) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section 5.2 shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
      Section 5.3.    Existence; Conduct of Business . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence; provided, that nothing in this Section 5.3 shall prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 7.3 of the Syndicated Credit. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its respective rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.4.    Compliance with Laws, Etc. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any Governmental Authority applicable to its business and properties, including without limitation, all Environmental Laws, ERISA and OSHA, except where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.5.    Payment of Obligations . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities (including without limitation all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, levies and all other claims that could result in a statutory Lien) before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (ii) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP or (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

11


 

      Section 5.6.    Books and Records . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions in relation to its business and activities to the extent necessary to prepare the consolidated financial statements of Borrower in conformity with GAAP.
      Section 5.7.    Visitation, Inspection, Etc. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representative of the Lender, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine its books and records and to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its officers and with its independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as the Lender may reasonably request after reasonable prior notice to the Borrower; provided, however, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no prior notice shall be required.
      Section 5.8.    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business, and the properties and business of its Subsidiaries, against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including, without limitation the Reinsurance Policy.
      Section 5.9.   Claims for Reinsurance Recovery. The Borrower will, and, to the extent applicable, will cause its Subsidiaries, to file a claim for reinsurance recovery pursuant to the Reinsurance Policy promptly Date and, in any event no later than two Business Days after the Effectiveness Date.
ARTICLE VI
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
      Section 6.1.    Minimum Unencumbered Assets . The Borrower covenants and agrees that so long as the Lender has a Commitment hereunder or any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding, it will maintain Unencumbered Assets with an unpaid principal balance of at least $75,000,000 at all times.
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
     The Borrower covenants and agrees that so long as the Lender has a Commitment hereunder or any Obligation remains outstanding:

12


 

      Section 7.1.    Indebtedness and Preferred Equity . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
     (a) Indebtedness created pursuant to the Syndicated Credit Agreement; and
     (b) Indebtedness allowed pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Syndicated Credit Agreement.
      Section 7.2.    Negative Pledge .
     The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or property now owned or hereafter acquired, except Liens allowed pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Syndicated Credit Agreement.
      Section 7.3.    Additional Negative Covenants .
     The covenants set forth in Section 7.3 through Section 7.13 of the Syndicated Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement as if set forth herein.
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
      Section 8.1.   Events of Default . If any of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall occur:
     (a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or shall fail to make when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment or otherwise; or
     (b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount payable under clause (a) of this Section 8.1) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days; or
     (c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement and any amendments or modifications hereof or waivers hereunder, or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other document submitted to the Lender by the Borrower or any of its representative pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or submitted; or
     (d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in Sections 5.2(a), 5.3 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or 5.10 , or Articles VI or VII ; or the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in Sections 5.1 or 5.2 (excluding 5.2(a) ) and such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days

13


 

after the earlier of (i) any officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure, or (ii) notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Lender; or
     (e) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (d) above), and such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (i) any officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure, or (ii) notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Lender; or
     (f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary (whether as primary obligor or as guarantor or other surety) shall fail to pay any principal of, or premium or interest on, any Material Indebtedness that is outstanding, when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument evidencing or governing such Indebtedness; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption), purchased or defeased, or any offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or
     (g) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Section 8.1 , (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
     (h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its debts, or any substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall remain undismissed for a period of 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; or
     (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become unable to pay, shall admit in writing its inability to pay, or shall fail to pay, its debts as they become due; or

14


 

     (j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Lender, when taken together with other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $3,500,000; or
     (k) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $3,500,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or
     (l) any non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or
     (m) a Change in Control shall occur or exist;
     (n) Article IX shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof shall so assert, or any Lien created pursuant to this Agreement shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (g) or (h) of this Section 8.1 ) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Lender shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, whereupon the Commitment of the Lender shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest on the Loans, and all other Obligations owing hereunder, to be, whereupon the same shall become, due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, (iii) [Rerseved], (iv) [Reserved], and (v) exercise any other remedies available at law or in equity; and that, if an Event of Default specified in either clause (g) or (h) shall occur, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon, and all fees, and all other Obligations shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.
ARTICLE IX
SECURITY PROVISIONS
      Section 9.1.   Grant of Security Interest . i) On the Effectiveness Date, the Borrower assigns and transfers to the Lender, and hereby grants to the Lender as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of its Obligations a security interest Unencumbered Assets with an unpaid principal balance of not less than $10,000,000 (the “ Collateral ”).

15


 

     (a) At any time on or after the Effectiveness Date, the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements to perfect the Lender’s interest or rights hereunder in the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) describe the Collateral as the Lender may reasonably determine and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment. The Borrower agrees to provide such information to the Lender promptly upon request.
      Section 9.2.    Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Lender may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon the Borrower or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Lender or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The Lender shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in the Borrower, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. The Borrower further agrees, at the Lender’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Lender at places which the Lender shall reasonably select. The Lender shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Lender hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as the Lender may elect, and only after such application and after the payment by the Lender of any other amount required by any provision of law, including, without limitation, Section 9-615(a)(3) of the New York UCC, need the Lender account for the surplus, if any, to the Borrower. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Lender arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
      Section 10.1.   Notices .

16


 

     Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications to any party herein to be effective shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
     
To the Borrower:
  Walter Investment Management Corp.
 
  4211 W. Boy Scout Blvd.
 
  Tampa, Florida 33607
 
  Attention: Kimberly A. Perez
 
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
  Telecopy Number: (813) 871-4141
 
   
To the Lender:
  Walter Industries, Inc.
 
  4211 W. Boy Scout Blvd.
 
  Tampa, Florida 33607
 
  Attention: Miles Dearden
 
  Senior Vice President, Treasurer
 
  Telecopy Number: (813) 871-4420
     Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall, when transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the mail or if delivered, upon delivery; provided, that notices delivered to the Lender shall not be effective until actually received by such Person at its address specified in this Section 10.1 .
      Section 10.2.   Waiver; Amendments .
     (a) No failure or delay by the Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder, and no course of dealing between the Borrower and the Lender, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies of the Lender hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 10.2 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.
     (b) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Borrower and the Lender and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

17


 

      Section 10.3.    Expenses; Indemnification .
     (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Lender and its Affiliates, in connection with the administration of this Agreement and any amendments, modifications or waivers thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement shall be consummated), including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Lender and its Affiliates and (ii) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel) incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section 10.3, or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.
     (b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender and each Related Party (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.
     (c) [Reserved].
     (d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to actual or direct damages) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated therein, or the use of proceeds thereof.
     (e) All amounts due under this Section 10.3 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.
     (f) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.3 shall not apply to any Taxes.

18


 

      Section 10.4.    Successors and Assigns .
     The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder.
      Section 10.5.    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .
     (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law of the State of New York.
     (b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and of Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York county and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state court or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
     (c) The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding described in paragraph (b) of this Section 10.5 and brought in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 10.5 . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
     (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to the service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
      Section 10.6.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF

19


 

LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
      Section 10.7.    Right of Setoff . In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, each Lender shall have the right, at any time or from time to time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply against all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) of the Borrower at any time held or other obligations at any time owing by the Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all Obligations held by the Lender, irrespective of whether the Lender shall have made demand hereunder and although such Obligations may be unmatured.
      Section 10.8.    Counterparts; Integration . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement and any separate letter agreement(s) relating to any fees payable to the Lender constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and thereto and their affiliates regarding the subject matters hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, regarding such subject matters. Delivery of an executed counterpart to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail in pdf form shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
      Section 10.9.   Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.17 , 2.18 , 2.19 , and 10.3 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. All representations and warranties made herein, in the certificates, reports, notices, and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this, and the making of the Loans.
      Section 10.10.    Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability without affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof; and the illegality, invalidity or

20


 

unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
      Section 10.11.   Confidentiality . The Lender agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions to maintain the confidentiality of any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, to the extent designated in writing as confidential and provided to it by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than any such information that is available to the Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except that such information may be disclosed (i) to any Related Party of the Lender including without limitation accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, (ii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iv) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.11 , or which becomes available to the Lender or any Related Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vii) [Reserved], (viii) any rating agency, (ix) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization, or (x) with the consent of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of any information as provided for in this Section 10.11 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such Person would accord its own confidential information.
      Section 10.12.    [Reserved] .
      Section 10.13.   [Reserved] .
      Section 10.14.   Patriot Act . The Lender hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow the Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.
(remainder of page left intentionally blank)

21


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Charles Cauthen     
    Name:   Charles Cauthen   
    Title:   President   
 
  WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Miles C. Dearden, III     
    Name:   Miles C. Dearden, III   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 

Exhibit 10.1.4
     
 
L/C SUPPORT AGREEMENT
among
WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.,
certain of its Subsidiaries
and
WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC.
     
 


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS
    1  
1.1 Definitions
    1  
1.2 Other Definitional Provisions
    2  
 
       
SECTION 2. GUARANTEE
    2  
2.1 Guarantee
    2  
2.2 Right of Contribution
    3  
2.3 No Subrogation
    3  
2.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Company Obligations
    4  
2.5 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional
    4  
2.6 Reinstatement
    5  
2.7 Payments
    5  
 
       
SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
    5  
 
       
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    5  
4.1 Existence; Power
    5  
4.2 Organizational Power; Authorization
    6  
4.3 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts
    6  
4.4 Compliance with Laws and Agreements
    6  
4.5 Ownership of Property
    6  
 
       
SECTION 5. COVENANTS
    7  
 
       
SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS
    7  
6.1 Code and Other Remedies
    7  
6.2 Subordination
    8  
6.3 Deficiency
    8  
 
       
SECTION 7. COMPANY OBLIGATIONS
    8  
7.1 Fee
    8  
7.2 Reimbursement Fee
    9  
7.3 Reimbursement
    9  
7.4 Default Payments
    9  
 
       
SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS
    9  
8.1 Amendments in Writing
    9  
8.2 Notices
    9  
8.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies
    9  
8.4 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification
    10  
8.5 Successors and Assigns
    11  
8.6 Set-Off
    11  
8.7 Counterparts
    11  
8.8 Severability
    11  

i


 

         
    Page
8.9 Section Headings
    11  
8.10 Integration
    11  
8.11 GOVERNING LAW
    11  
8.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers
    11  
8.13 Acknowledgements
    12  
8.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    12  
8.15 Termination
    12  
SCHEDULES
     
Schedule I
  List of Subsidiaries
Schedule II
  Notice Addresses
Schedule III
  Bonds

ii


 

L/C SUPPORT AGREEMENT
          L/C SUPPORT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 20, 2009 (this “ Agreement ”), among Walter Investment Management Corp. (the “ Company ”), certain of its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule I (collectively, the “ Guarantors ” and, together with the Company, the “ Loan Parties ”) and Walter Industries, Inc. as Support L/C Provider (in such capacity, the “ Support L/C Provider ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
     WHEREAS, the Support L/C Provider has agreed to have that certain Support Letter of Credit and the Support Bonds issued and posted on behalf of the Company;
     WHEREAS, the Company is a member of an affiliated group of companies that includes each other Loan Party;
     WHEREAS, the Letters of Credit will benefit the Company and enable it to make valuable transfers to one or more of the other Loan Parties in connection with the operation of their respective businesses; and
     WHEREAS, the Company and the other Loan Parties are engaged in related businesses, and each Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the issuance of the Letters of Credit;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Support L/C Provider to have the Support Letter of Credit and the Support Bonds issued and posted on behalf of the Company, the Loan Parties agree with the Support L/C Provider as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS
     1.1 Definitions . (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Syndicated Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Syndicated Credit Agreement.
          (b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:
          “ Agreement ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
          “ Applicable Fee ”: LIBOR plus 6.0%.
          “ Company ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
          “ Collateral ”: as defined in Section 3.
          “ Company Obligations ”: as defined in Section 7.
          “ Event of Default ”: as defined in Section 6.1.


 

2

          “ Funding Office ”: the office designated as such by the Support L/C Provider to the Loan Parties.
          “ Guarantor Obligations ”: with respect to any Guarantor, all obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2), whether on account of guarantee obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Support L/C Provider that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement).
          “ LIBOR ”: the rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR as published in the Wall Street Journal for the Business Day previous to the date any payment owed pursuant to Section 7 is due and payable.
          “ New York UCC ”: the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.
          “ Obligations ”: (i) in the case of the Company, the Company Obligations, and (ii) in the case of each Guarantor, its Guarantor Obligations.
          “ Support Bonds ”: the bonds listed on Schedule III.
          “ Syndicated Credit Agreement ”: that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2009, among the Company, SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent and the lenders from time to time parties thereto.
          “ Termination Date ”: the earlier of April 20, 2011 or the date on which the Support Letter of Credit is withdrawn
     1.2 Other Definitional Provisions . (a) The words “hereof,” “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
     (b) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
SECTION 2. GUARANTEE
     2.1 Guarantee . (a) Each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Support L/C Provider the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Company when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Company Obligations.
     (b) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 2.2).


 

3

     (c) Each Guarantor agrees that the Company Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Support L/C Provider hereunder.
     (d) The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall remain in full force and effect until all the Company Obligations and the obligations of each Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall have been satisfied by payment in full and the Commitments shall be terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement the Company may be free from any Company Obligations.
     (e) No payment made by the Company, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Support L/C Provider from the Company, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Company Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by such Guarantor in respect of the Company Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Company Obligations), remain liable for the Company Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Company Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated.
     2.2 Right of Contribution . Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.3. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Support L/C Provider, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Support L/C Provider for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.
     2.3 No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Support L/C Provider, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Support L/C Provider against the Company or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Support L/C Provider for the payment of the Company Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Support L/C Provider by the Company on account of the Company Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Company Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Support L/C Provider, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Support L/C Provider in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Support L/C


 

4

Provider, if required), to be applied against the Company Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Support L/C Provider may determine.
     2.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Company Obligations . Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Company Obligations made by the Support L/C Provider may be rescinded by the Support L/C Provider and any of the Company Obligations continued, and the Company Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Support L/C Provider, and this Agreement and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as agreed by the Company and the Support L/C Provider from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Support L/C Provider for the payment of the Company Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. The Support L/C Provider shall not have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Company Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or any property subject thereto.
     2.5 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional . Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Company Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Support L/C Provider upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 2; the Company Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2; and all dealings between the Company and any of the Guarantors, shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Company or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Company Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the Company Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Support L/C Provider, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Company or any other Person against the Support L/C Provider, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Company or such Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Company for the Company Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Support L/C Provider may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Company, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Company Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Support


 

5

L/C Provider to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Company, any other Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Company, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Support L/C Provider against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.
     2.6 Reinstatement . The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Company Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Support L/C Provider upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Company or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.
     2.7 Payments . Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Support L/C Provider without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars at the Funding Office.
SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
     (a) At any time after the occurrence of a draw under the Support Letter of Credit, the Company automatically shall assign and transfer to the Support L/C Provider, and grant to the Support L/C Provider as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Company Obligations a security interest in Unencumbered Assets with an unpaid principal balance of not less than $65,000,000 (the “ Collateral ”).
     (b) At any time after the occurrence of a draw under the Support Letter of Credit, the Company irrevocably authorizes the Support L/C Provider at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements to perfect the Support L/C Provider’s interest or rights hereunder in the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) describe the Collateral as the Support L/C Provider may reasonably determine and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment. The Company agrees to provide such information to the Company promptly upon request.
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     4.1 Existence; Power. Each Loan Party (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, and (iii) is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where a failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.


 

6

     4.2 Organizational Power; Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement is within such party’s organizational powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary organizational and if required, shareholder, partner or member, action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and constitutes valid and binding obligations of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
     4.3 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any action by, any Governmental Authority, except those as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any Requirements of Law applicable to such party or any judgment, order or ruling of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding on such party or any of its assets or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by such party and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of such party.
     4.4 Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each Loan Party is in compliance with (a) all Requirements of Law and all judgments, decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority and (b) all indentures, agreements or other instruments binding upon it or its properties, except where non-compliance, either singly or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.5 Ownership of Property.
          (a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property material to the operation of its business, including all such properties material to the operation of the mortgage finance business operated by Walter Mortgage Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the Merger (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are material to the business or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting and are in full force.
          (b) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed, or otherwise has the right, to use, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and other intellectual property related to its business, and the use thereof by the Company and its Subsidiaries does not infringe in any material respect on the rights of any other Person, except where a failure to own, license or use such intellectual property or such infringement could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) The properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Company, in such amounts with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the


 

7

Company or any applicable Subsidiary operates, except that all REO properties may be insured with an Affiliate of the Company.
          (d) This Agreement will be effective to create in favor of the Support L/C Provider a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral and proceeds thereof. When financing statements in appropriate filings are filed in the State Department of Assessment and Taxation of the State of Maryland, this Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Company in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Company Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person.
SECTION 5. COVENANTS
     5.1 Syndicated Credit Facility Covenants. The covenants set forth in Sections 5.1 through 5.6, Section 5.8, Section 6 and Sections 7.1 though 7.9 of the Syndicated Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement as if set forth herein, provided , that at any time after the occurrence of a draw under the Support Letter of Credit, clause (v) of Section 7.5 shall be deemed to be deleted for purposes of this Section 5.1.
     5.2 Additional Covenants. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time after the occurrence of draw under the Support Letter of Credit, the Company will:
     (a) repay in full all Obligations (as defined in the Syndicated Credit Facility) outstanding under the Syndicated Credit Facility within 3 Business Days after such draw;
     (b) apply 100% of net cash proceeds of any sale of Unencumbered Assets or issuance, as the case may be, of Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries towards the prepayment of any Obligations outstanding under this Agreement, such prepayment to be effected on the date of receipt of the net cash proceeds.
SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS
     6.1 Code and Other Remedies . At any time the Company or the other Loan Parties shall fail to meet their Obligations or comply with the covenants set forth in Section 5 above (each such event, an “ Event of Default ”), the Support L/C Provider, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Support L/C Provider, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon the Company or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Support


 

8

L/C Provider or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The Support L/C Provider shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Loan Party, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Loan Party further agrees, at the Support L/C Provider’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Support L/C Provider at places which the Support L/C Provider shall reasonably select, whether at such Loan Party’s premises or elsewhere. The Support L/C Provider shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.1, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Support L/C Provider hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as the Support L/C Provider may elect, and only after such application and after the payment by the Support L/C Provider of any other amount required by any provision of law, including, without limitation, Section 9-615(a)(3) of the New York UCC, need the Support L/C Provider account for the surplus, if any, to any Loan Party. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Loan Party waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Support L/C Provider arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.
     6.2 Subordination . Each Loan Party hereby agrees that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, unless otherwise agreed by the Support L/C Provider, all Indebtedness owing by it to any Subsidiary of the Company shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of such Loan Party’s Obligations.
     6.3 Deficiency . Each Loan Party shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Support L/C Provider to collect such deficiency.
SECTION 7. COMPANY OBLIGATIONS
     7.1 Fee . The Company agrees to pay to the Support L/C Provider a fee (the “ Support Letter of Credit Fee ”) equal to the cost incurred by the Support L/C Provider in providing the Support Letter of Credit. For the avoidance of doubt, such cost shall include, among other things, any fronting fee paid by the Support L/C Provider to the financial institution or entity issuing the Support Letter of Credit, as well as any customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges relating to letters of credit issued by such financial institution or entity. Such fee shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. The Support Letter of Credit Fee shall accrue through the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company and shall be due and payable on the fifteenth (or the next Business Day after the fifteenth if the fifteenth is not a Business Day) of each January, April, July and October, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of the Support Letter of Credit.


 

9

     7.2 Reimbursement Fee . At any time after the occurrence of a draw under the Support Letter of Credit, the amount drawn under the Support Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a loan (an “ L/C Loan ”) made by the Support L/C Provider to the Company. In addition to the Support Letter of Credit Fee, the Company agrees to pay to the Support L/C Provider a fee (the “ Reimbursement Fee ”) in the amount of the Applicable Fee times the aggregate amount of the L/C Loan. The Reimbursement Fee shall accrue through the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company and shall be due and payable on the first Business Day of each January, April, July and October, commencing with the first such date to occur after the occurrence of a draw under the Support Letter of Credit. All L/C Loans shall be due and payable on the Termination Date.
     7.3 Support Bond Reimbursement . At any time after the occurrence of a draw under a Support Bond, the Support L/C Provider may, upon 5 Business Days’ written request, demand that the Company make a payment to the Support L/C Provider in an amount not in excess of cost of such draw to the Support L/C Provider.
     7.4 Default Payments . Notwithstanding Sections 7.1 through 7.3 above, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the option of the L/C Support Provider, the Company shall pay interest with respect to the Borrower Obligations at the rate per annum equal to 200 basis points above the Applicable Fee.
SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS
     8.1 Amendments in Writing . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by the Company therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Company and the Support L/C Provider and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
     8.2 Notices . (a) All notices, requests and demands to or upon any party herein to be effective shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy to such party’s address set forth on Schedule II.
          (b) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall, when transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the mail or if delivered, upon delivery.
     8.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies . No failure or delay by the Support L/C Provider in exercising any right or power hereunder, and no course of dealing between the Loan Parties and the Support L/C Provider, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, preclude any other or further exercise


 

10

thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies of the Support L/C Provider hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 8.1, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.
     8.4 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification . (a) The Company agrees to pay or reimburse the Support L/C Provider for all its costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to the Support L/C Provider. Each Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse the Support L/C Provider for all its costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in Section 2 or otherwise enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to the Support L/C Provider.
     (b) Each Loan Party agrees to pay, and to save the Support L/C Provider harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     (c) Each Loan Party shall indemnify the Support L/C Provider and each Related Party (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Company or its Subsidiaries arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Company, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.


 

11

     (d) The agreements in this Section 8.4 shall survive repayment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement.
     8.5 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Loan Party and shall inure to the benefit of the Support L/C Provider and their successors and assigns; provided that no Loan Party may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Support L/C Provider.
     8.6 Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Support L/C Provider provided by law, each Support L/C Provider shall have the right, without notice to any Loan Party, any such notice being expressly waived by each Loan Party to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any Obligations becoming due and payable by any Loan Party (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to apply to the payment of such Obligations, by setoff or otherwise, any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Support L/C Provider, any affiliate thereof or any of their respective branches or agencies to or for the credit or the account of such Loan Party.
     8.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
     8.8 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     8.9 Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.
     8.10 Integration . This Agreement represents the agreement of the Loan Parties and the Support L/C Provider with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Support L/C Provider relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein.
      8.11 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     8.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
     (a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to


 

12

the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;
     (b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
     (c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Loan Party at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which the Support L/C Provider shall have been notified pursuant thereto;
     (d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and
     (e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
     8.13 Acknowledgements . Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that:
     (a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement;
     (b) the Support L/C Provider has no fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Loan Party arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, and the relationship between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and the Support L/C Provider, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and
     (c) no joint venture is created hereby or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Support L/C Provider or among the Loan Parties and the Support L/C Provider.
      8.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
     8.15 Termination . This Agreement shall terminate on the Termination Date.


 

13

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this L/C Support Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
             
    WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Charles Cauthen
 
   
 
      Name: Charles Cauthen    
 
      Title: President and Chief Operating Officer    
 
           
    BEST INSURORS, INC.    
    HANOVER CAPITAL PARTNERS 2, LTD.    
    HANOVER CAPITAL SECURITIES, INC.    
    WALTER MORTGAGE COMPANY, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Stuart Boyd
 
Name: Stuart Boyd
   
 
      Title: Secretary    
 
           
    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Miles C. Dearden, III
 
Name: Miles C. Dearden, III
   
 
      Title: Senior Vice President    

Exhibit 10.1.5
Assignment of Software License Agreement
     This Assignment of Software License Agreement (“ Agreement ”), dated as of April 17, 2009, by and among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. (“ Hanover ”), JWH Holding Company, LLC (“ JWH ”) and Walter Investment Management LLC (“ Spinco ”, and together with Hanover and JWH, the “ Parties ” and each a “ Party ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of February 6, 2009, by and among Hanover, JWH, Spinco and Walter Industries, Inc., to which Hanover and Spinco are both parties (as may be further amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified, the “ Merger Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed therein), Spinco will merge into Hanover, replacing JWH as the merger counterparty; and
     WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Asset Transfer (the date of such consummation, the “ Effective Date ”), Hanover and JWH wish for Spinco to assume and continue performance under the Software License Agreement, dated September 29, 2008, by and between Hanover and JWH (the “ Software License ”), and Spinco agrees to assume and continue such performance;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, agreements and conditions hereafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
     1. JWH hereby assigns to Spinco, and Spinco assumes, JWH’s entire right, title and interest in, and status as a party under, the Software License, effective as of the Effective Date. Each of Hanover, JWH and Spinco hereby acknowledges and agrees that this assignment is permitted to be made without Hanover’s consent pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Software License, because it is made (i) to an affiliate of JWH and (ii) in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or business to which the Software License relates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and without prejudicing Spinco’s right to further assign the Software License without Hanover’s consent pursuant to the limited exceptions set forth in Section 7.4 of the Software License, in the event the above assignment is deemed to have required Hanover’s consent under Section 7.4 of the Software License, Hanover hereby consents thereto.
     2. Effective as of the Effective Date, Hanover and JWH each release each other from any past, pending or future obligations, liabilities or claims arising under the Software License, except that JWH and Hanover shall continue to be bound by the obligations set forth in Section 5.1 thereof (Confidentiality Obligations).

 


 

     3. Hanover acknowledges receipt of payment by JWH of $1 million on January 9, 2009, and therefore agrees, pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Software License, that the license in Section 1.1 of the Software License was deemed fully paid-up as of December 31, 2008.
     4. Each Party agrees to take such further actions and to execute and deliver such further agreements or other instruments reasonably requested by any other Party to further the intent and purposes of this Agreement.
     5. If and to the extent the Three-Party Escrow Service Agreement (“ Escrow Agreement ”) dated as of December 8, 2008, is deemed not to have terminated prior to the Effective Date, Hanover and JWH agree to use their reasonable best efforts (including obtaining any required consents) to assign to Spinco on or as promptly as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date the status of JWH as “Beneficiary” thereunder. JWH agrees to deliver to Spinco at the Effective Date all originals and copies of the “Deposit Material” (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) in its possession or control.
     6. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein. Each Party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the state or federal courts in New York, New York for the purposes of any claim, action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement. Each Party unconditionally waives any right to a trial by jury with respect thereto.
     7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date and year first above written.
             
    Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John A. Burchett
 
   
    Name: John A. Burchett    
    Title: CEO and President    
 
           
    JWH Holding Company, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mark J. O’Brien
 
   
    Name: Mark J. O’Brien    
    Title: President and CEO    
 
           
    Walter Investment Management LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mark J. O’Brien
 
   
    Name: Mark J. O’Brien    
    Title: Manager    

Exhibit 10.1.6
TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT
     This TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) made and entered into April 17, 2009 (“ Effective Date ”) by and between Walter Industries, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Walter ”), and Walter Investment Management LLC, a limited liability company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Walter (“ Spinco, ” and together with Walter, the “ Parties ” and each a “ Party ”).
      WHEREAS, Walter owns all the limited liability company units of Spinco;
      WHEREAS, Walter intends to distribute all of its interest in Spinco to Walter’s stockholders prior to the merger referred to below (the “ Spin-Off ”);
      WHEREAS, pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 6, 2009 (as may be further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified, the “ Merger Agreement ”) by and among Walter, Spinco, JWH Holding Company, LLC (“ JWHHC ”), and Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. (“ Hanover ”), following the Spin-Off, Spinco will merge into Hanover;
      WHEREAS , Walter or its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Walter Parties ”) own certain trademarks, domain names, corporate and/or trade names that JWHHC and/or its subsidiaries have used in connection with its mortgage finance, insurance, and reinsurance businesses;
      WHEREAS , prior to the Spin-Off, JWHHC will transfer its mortgage finance, insurance and reinsurance businesses to Walter, and Walter will transfer such businesses to Spinco; and
      WHEREAS , Spinco and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Spinco Parties ”) wish to use certain trademarks, domain names, corporate and/or trade names following the consummation of the Spin-Off and merger into Hanover, and Walter is willing to permit such use;
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration (including that recited in the Merger Agreement), the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
SECTION 1 - GRANT OF LICENSE
      1.1. Licenses .
     (a) Walter, on behalf of itself and the other Walter Parties, grants to the Spinco Parties a perpetual, non-exclusive, paid-up, non-transferable (except as permitted in Section 7.4) license to use the trademarks, corporate and/or trade names on Exhibit A solely in the United States, its territories and possessions, and solely in connection with mortgage finance, lending, insurance and reinsurance services and financial services relating to the foregoing (the “ Licensed Business ”).

 


 

     (b) Walter hereby causes its subsidiary Jim Walter Homes, Inc. to grant to the Spinco Parties the paid-up, non-transferable right to maintain the registrations for the domain names on Exhibit A (the “ Licensed Domains ,” and together with the other items on Exhibit A, the “ Licensed Marks ”) solely for operating websites directed to customers in the United States, its territories and possessions, and solely in connection with the Licensed Business.
      1.2. Sublicensing . Each Spinco Party may sublicense the Licensed Marks to agents, distributors and other persons in connection with such Spinco Party’s operation of its own business, but not for the separate or unrelated use of any other person. Spinco is liable hereunder for any act or omission by any sublicensee that would breach this Agreement if made by Spinco.
      1.3. Reservations.
     (a) Spinco acknowledges, on behalf of itself and the other Spinco Parties, that each of them has no right under this Agreement to use any (i) trademarks, service marks, domain names, logos, corporate or trade names, trade dress or other source indicators (“ Trademarks ”) of the Walter Parties other than the Licensed Marks; (ii) Trademark containing the term “JWH”; (iii) Trademark containing the term “Walter,” other than the Licensed Marks; (iv) Trademark containing the term “Jim Walter” and/or any version or variation of the “flying W” logo depicted on Exhibit B; or (v) Trademark containing the term “Cardem.”
     (b) All rights not expressly licensed to the Spinco Parties in Section 1.1 are reserved to the Walter Parties, provided that Walter agrees that each of the Walter Parties will not use or grant any person a license to use in the Licensed Business the name “Walter” immediately adjacent to the word “Mortgage,” “Reinsurance,” “Investment,” “Finance,” “Bank,” or any other word that reasonably conveys to consumers any services included in the Licensed Business.
      1.4. Future Transfer. If at any time after the Effective Date Walter determines it no longer wishes to own any of the Licensed Marks, it shall notify Spinco, and upon Spinco’s request, the Parties shall execute a transfer of any such Licensed Marks to Spinco on mutually agreeable terms.
SECTION 2 - OWNERSHIP
     Each Spinco Party agrees that, as between the Walter Parties and Spinco Parties, the Walter Parties are the sole and exclusive owners of the Licensed Marks and all intellectual property rights therein. Each Spinco Party shall, upon the reasonable request and expense of Walter, take further actions and execute additional documents to establish and perfect the above rights. Each Spinco Party agrees not to question or contest the validity of, or the Walter Parties’ rights in the Licensed Marks and the associated goodwill. For clarity, the foregoing shall not limit Spinco from bringing any claim that Walter has breached this Agreement.
SECTION 3 - USE
      3.1. New Marks . Each Spinco Party may adopt and use as Trademarks any variations of the Licensed Marks on Part I of Exhibit A, if such Trademarks use “Walter” immediately adjacent to the word “Mortgage,” “Reinsurance,” “Investment,” “Finance,” or any other word that reasonably conveys to consumers any services included in the Licensed Business. Each

 


 

Spinco Party may adopt and use reasonable variations of the Licensed Marks on Part II of Exhibit A in its discretion, subject to Section 1.3. Spinco will give Walter prompt notice of any such new Trademark, which will be included in the definition of “Licensed Marks” for all purposes hereunder.
      3.2 Domain Names/Internet . Each Spinco Party will not be deemed to have breached the territorial restriction in Section 1.1(b) if persons outside the United States access any Internet websites operated under the Licensed Domains, provided that such websites are controlled by such Spinco Party and are directed at U.S. customers. Walter will cause the transfer of the registrations for the Licensed Domains to a designated Spinco Party within 30 days of the Effective Date, at Spinco’s expense for Walter’s out-of-pocket costs.
      3.3 Quality Assurance . Each Spinco Party will use the Licensed Marks solely (i) in accordance with good trademark practice; and (ii) in connection with products, services, content and materials maintaining quality levels at least as high as those of Walter’s past practice and that reflect favorably on Walter. Each Spinco Party will not take any action that could reasonably be expected to harm the Licensed Marks or their associated goodwill. Each Spinco Party shall, at its sole expense, comply at all times with all applicable laws, regulations, rules and reputable industry practice pertaining to the Licensed Business and its use of the Licensed Marks.
      3.4 Samples . To ensure the Spinco Parties’ compliance with Section 3.3, upon Walter’s request, Spinco will provide Walter with representative samples of all materials bearing the Licensed Marks in any media, no more than once a year (unless reasonably justified under the circumstances). If, in the exercise of its commercially reasonable judgment, Walter finds that any samples violate Section 3.3, Walter will inform Spinco in writing. Spinco will correct such non-compliance within a reasonable time thereafter, not to exceed 30 days.
SECTION 4 - INFRINGEMENT
     Spinco will notify Walter promptly after any Spinco Party becomes aware of any actual or threatened infringement, imitation, dilution, misappropriation, or other unauthorized use or conduct in derogation of the Licensed Marks. Walter will have the sole right to bring any claim, action, suit or proceeding (“ Action ”) to remedy the foregoing, and the Spinco Parties will cooperate with Walter in same at Walter’s expense.
SECTION 5 - WARRANTY AND INDEMNITY
      5.1. By Each Party . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that (i) the warranting Party has the requisite corporate or company power and authority to enter into this Agreement; (ii) the warranting Party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or company action on its part; (iii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the warranting Party and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery, constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable against the warranting Party in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and (iv) neither the execution and

 


 

delivery by the warranting Party of this Agreement or compliance and performance with any of the provisions hereof results in a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) or gives rise to any right of termination by any third Party, cancellation, amendment or acceleration of any obligation or the loss of any benefit under, any contract binding the warranting Party.
      5.2. Disclaimer . Except as expressly set forth in section 5.1, the Walter Parties make no representations or warranties, express or implied, with respect to this Agreement or the Licensed Marks, and expressly disclaim same, including any with respect to title, non-infringement, merchantability, value, reliability or fitness for use. Each Spinco Party’s use of the Licensed Marks is on an “as is” basis and is at its own risk.
      5.3. Indemnity . Each Party will defend at its expense, hold harmless and indemnify the other Party and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, shareholders, agents and employees against any third-party Actions and all related losses, awards, judgments, settlements, costs, fees, expenses, liabilities and damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit) to the extent arising out of or relating to the indemnifying Party’s breach of this Agreement or any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements herein.
SECTION 6 - TERM
      6.1. Term . The term of this Agreement commences as of the Effective Date and lasts in perpetuity, unless termination occurs pursuant to Section 6.2 or 6.3.
      6.2. Breach . If either Party materially breaches any provision hereof, the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement if the breaching Party does not cure such breach within 30 days following written notice thereof (or any mutually-agreed extension). Any such termination shall be effective upon written notice by Walter to Spinco made after such 30-day period (or any mutually-agreed extension).
      6.3. Bankruptcy . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, if Spinco (i) is unable to pay its debts when due, (ii) makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iii) files any petition under the bankruptcy or insolvency laws, (iv) has a receiver or trustee to be appointed for its business or property, or (v) is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, Walter may at its discretion terminate this Agreement, upon 30 days’ prior written notice.
      6.4. Survival . Sections 2, 5, 6.4, 7.5 & 7.7 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
SECTION 7 - MISCELLANEOUS
      7.1. Notice . All notices hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given upon (a) confirmed receipt of a facsimile transmission, (b) confirmed delivery of a standard overnight courier or when delivered by hand or (c) five business days after the date mailed by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a Party as will be specified by like notice):

 


 

     
If to Walter:
  If to Spinco:
 
   
Walter Industries, Inc.
  Walter Investment Management, LLC
4211 W. Boy Scout Blvd., 10 th Floor
  4211 W. Boy Scout Blvd., 4 th Floor
Tampa, Florida 33607-5724
  Tampa, Florida 33607-5724
Attention: General Counsel
  Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: (813) 871-4399
  Facsimile: (813) 871- 4430
 
   
with a copy to:
  with a copy to:
 
   
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
  Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
  425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
  New York, New York 10017
Attention: Peter J. Gordon, Esq. and
  Attention: Peter J. Gordon, Esq. and
Lori E. Lesser, Esq.
  Lori E. Lesser, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 455-2502
  Facsimile: (212) 455-2502
      7.2. Construction . The article and section headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
      7.3. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or entity or circumstance, shall be declared judicially to be invalid, unenforceable or void, such decision shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement, it being the Parties’ intent and agreement that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to render it valid, legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or by substituting another provision that is legal and enforceable and that achieves the same objective.
      7.4. Assignment; Binding Effect . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, benefits or obligations hereunder may be assigned or assumed by a Party (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, except to an affiliate as a result of an internal reorganization for tax or administrative purposes. For clarity, a merger, reorganization (including in bankruptcy), change of control or sale of all or substantially all of the assets or business to which this Agreement relates constitutes an “assignment” hereunder. In the event of a permitted assignment hereunder, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any attempted assignment in violation of the foregoing will be null and void at the outset.
      7.5. Third Parties . No person or entity (other than as specified in this Agreement) will be deemed a third party beneficiary under or by reason of this Agreement. Spinco is liable

 


 

\

hereunder for any act or omission by any Spinco Party that would breach this Agreement if made by Spinco.
      7.6. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Exhibits A and B are expressly made a part of, and incorporated by reference into this Agreement.
      7.7. Governing Law/Jurisdiction . This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein. Each Party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the state or federal courts in New York, New York for the purposes of any Action arising out of this Agreement. Each party unconditionally waives any right to a trial by jury in respect of any such action. The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur to Walter in the event that Spinco materially breaches any provision of Sections 1-3 of this Agreement. Therefore, Walter may seek an injunction to prevent or enjoin such breach in the above courts without posting bond or other security.
      7.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one agreement. Facsimile signatures will serve as originals for purposes of binding the Parties hereto.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date written above.
         
    WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Victor P. Patrick
 
       
 
  Name:   Victor P. Patrick
 
  Title:   Vice Chairman, Chief Financial
Officer and General Counsel
 
       
    WALTER INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT LLC
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Mark J. O’Brien
 
       
 
  Name:   Mark J. O’Brien
 
  Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 


 

EXHIBIT A — LICENSED MARKS
Part I
Walter Investment Management Corp.
Walter Investment Management LLC
Walter Mortgage Company
WMC
Walter Investment Reinsurance Co. Ltd.
walterinvestment.com
walterinvestmentcorp.com
walter-investment.com
walter-investment.net
walter-investment.org
walter-investments.com
walter-investments.net
walter-investments.org
walterinv.com
walterinv.net
walterinv.org
waltermortgage.com
waltermortgage.net
waltermortgage.org
waltermortgageservicing.com
gowimc.com

A-1


 

Part II
Best Insurors
Best Insurors, Inc.
Mid-State Capital Corporation
Mid-State Homes, Inc.
Mid-State Capital, LLC
bestinsurors.com
bestinsurorsinc.com

A-2


 

EXHIBIT B
     
The “flying W” logo — 
    (W)

A-3

Exhibit 10.1.7
TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT
     This Transition Services Agreement (this “ Services Agreement ”) is made as of April 17 2009, by and among (i) Walter Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Walter ”), on behalf of itself and each of the other Walter Entities (defined below), and (ii) Walter Investment Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Spinco ”), on behalf of itself, its successors and each of the other Spinco Entities (defined below).
     WHEREAS, Walter, JWH Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ JWHHC ”), Spinco and Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“ Hanover ”), are party to that certain Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger (as further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which in connection to other related transactions, (i) certain assets and businesses of JWHHC will be acquired by Walter and transferred to Spinco, (ii) prior to the Effective Time on the Closing Date, Walter shall distribute all of the outstanding limited liability company interests in Spinco to Walter’s stockholders (such time of the distribution, the “ Distribution Date ”) and (iii) at the Effective Time, Spinco shall merge into Hanover, with Hanover being the Surviving Corporation following the Merger. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement;
     WHEREAS, the Spinco Entities currently receive certain services from and provide certain services to the Walter Entities;
     WHEREAS, each of the Walter Entities and the Spinco Entities desires that these services continue to be provided after the Distribution Date, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Services Agreement.
     In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Services Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms (and their singular or plural) used in this Services Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:
  (a)   Affiliate ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Merger Agreement after giving effect to the Distribution.
 
  (b)   Business Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close or are closed in the states of Florida and Maryland.

 


 

  (c)   Disclosing Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(g) of this Services Agreement.
 
  (d)   Distribution Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Services Agreement,
 
  (e)   Force Majeure ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 of this Services Agreement.
 
  (f)   Hanover ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Services Agreement.
 
  (g)   Information ” means any information obtained by a party to this Services Agreement, its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors and representatives (the “ Receiving Party ”) from any other party to this Services Agreement, its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors and representatives (the “ Disclosing Party ”) concerning the past, present or future business activities of these entities or persons, including any information relating to customers and related personal data, pricing, methods, processes, financial data, lists, technical data, apparatus, statistics, programs, specifications, documentation, research, development or related information.
 
  (h)   JWHHC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Services Agreement.
 
  (i)   Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Services Agreement
 
  (j)   Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, trust, unincorporated association, or other entity or association.
 
  (k)   Provider ” shall mean the particular Walter Entity or Spinco Entity, in any given location, that is providing services or leasing or subleasing property (as lessor) pursuant to this Services Agreement.
 
  (l)   Receiving Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(g) of this Services Agreement.
 
  (m)   Recipient ” shall mean the particular Walter Entity or Spinco Entity, in any given location, that is receiving services or leasing or subleasing property (as tenant) pursuant to this Services Agreement.
 
  (n)   Spinco ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Services Agreement.
 
  (o)   Spinco Entities ” means, collectively, Spinco and any of its subsidiaries that are listed as Recipients on Schedule A or as Providers on Schedule B .
 
  (p)   Spinco Provided Services ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 of this Services Agreement.

 


 

  (q)   Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Services Agreement.
 
  (r)   Walter ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Services Agreement.
 
  (s)   Walter Entities ” means, collectively, Walter and any of its subsidiaries that are listed as Providers on Schedule A or as Recipients on Schedule B.
 
  (t)   Walter Provided Services ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Services Agreement.
Other terms are used as defined elsewhere herein.
ARTICLE 2.
SERVICES
2.1 Walter Provided Services . Pursuant to the terms of this Services Agreement, the Walter Entities agree to provide, or cause to be provided, to the respective Spinco Entities the services described in Schedule A to this Services Agreement (the “Walter Provided Services”).
2.2 Spinco Provided Services . Pursuant to the terms of this Services Agreement, the Spinco Entities agree to provide, or cause to be provided, the services described in Schedule B to this Services Agreement (the “Spinco Provided Services”).
2.3 Other Services . If, after the execution of this Services Agreement, the parties determine that a service provided by the Walter Entities to the Spinco Entities or by the Spinco Entities to the Walter Entities prior to the date hereof was omitted from the Schedules to this Services Agreement, then the parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree to the terms and conditions upon which such services would be added to this Services Agreement, it being agreed that the charges for such services should be determined on a basis consistent with the methodology for determining the initial prices provided for in Section 3.3.
ARTICLE 3.
COMPENSATION
3.1 Compensation for Walter Provided Services . Subject to Section 3.4, the compensation for the Walter Provided Services for the duration of the Term shall be as described for each individual service provided as set forth on Schedule A, plus applicable sales or value-added taxes, if any.
3.2 Compensation for Spinco Provided Services . Subject to Section 3.4, the compensation for the Spinco Provided Services for the duration of the Term shall be as described for each

 


 

individual service as set forth on Schedule B, plus applicable sales or value-added taxes, if any.
3.3 Methodology for Determining Prices . The parties agree that the prices charged by a Provider for any service provided hereunder shall be sufficient to cover such Provider’s reasonable estimate of its actual costs and, if applicable, consistent with the prices such Provider would charge to an affiliate, in each case without taking into account any profit margin or projected savings from increased efficiency.
3.4 Price Adjustments . It is the intent of the parties that the prices set forth on the Schedules hereto are consistent with the methodology for determining prices as described in Section 3.3. If the parties determine in good faith that the initial prices set forth on the Schedules hereto are not consistent with such methodology, then the parties shall negotiate in good faith to adjust such prices in a manner that is consistent with such methodology.
3.5 Allocation of Certain Expenses .
     (a) (i) In respect of software applications which are resident in the Spinco Entities while they are affiliates of the Walter Entities, Spinco shall bear the costs and expenses of obtaining any and all licenses for such software applications for Spinco.
          (ii) Walter and Spinco shall cooperate in good faith to minimize the costs and expenses to be incurred pursuant to this Section 3.5(a).
     (b) Walter and Spinco shall each bear the costs and expenses of obtaining any and all consents from third parties which may be necessary in connection with the other party’s provision of services to the Recipient hereunder.
3.6 Terms of Payment; Dispute Resolution .
     (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Providers shall invoice Recipients monthly (or, if mutually agreeable to Provider and Recipient, quarterly or semi-annually) in arrears for the services provided by them under this Services Agreement. Payment in U.S. dollars shall be made by Recipients within 30 days after receipt of any invoice. No Recipient shall withhold any payments to its Provider under this Services Agreement, and no Provider shall withhold the provision of any services to its Recipient, notwithstanding any dispute that may be pending between them, whether under this Services Agreement or otherwise (any required adjustment being made on subsequent invoices), unless such withholding is provided for in an arbitration award in accordance with Section 9.7 of this Services Agreement.
     (b) If there is a dispute between any Recipient and any Provider regarding the amounts shown as billed to such Recipient on any invoice, such Provider shall furnish to such Recipient reasonable documentation to substantiate the amounts billed including, but not limited to listings of the dates, times and amounts of the services in question where applicable and practicable. Upon delivery of such documentation, such Recipient and such Provider shall cooperate and use their best efforts to resolve such dispute among themselves. If such disputing parties are unable to resolve their dispute within thirty (30) calendar days of the initiation of such

 


 

procedure, and such Recipient believes in good faith and with a reasonable basis that the amounts shown as billed to such Recipient are inaccurate or are otherwise not in accordance with the terms of this Services Agreement, then such Recipient shall have the right, at its own expense (subject to any award or allocation of expenses included in any judgment rendered by the arbitrator as set forth in Section 9.7 hereof), to commence arbitration in accordance with Section 9.1 of this Services Agreement.
ARTICLE 4.
OCCUPANCY RIGHTS
4.1 Any employee of a Walter Entity or Spinco Entity who is located at a facility of the other party may remain at such location for a period not to exceed 180 days after the date of the spin-off; provided , however , that such employee shall be required to adhere to all applicable security restrictions and guidelines at such facility. Thereafter, the owner of such facility may require such employee(s) to vacate the premises unless, prior to such time, the parties have executed a formal lease or other occupancy arrangement upon commercially reasonable terms that are mutually acceptable to the parties.
ARTICLE 5.
TERM
5.1 Term . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Services Agreement, or with respect to specific services as indicated on the Schedules hereto, the term of this Services Agreement shall commence on the Distribution Date and shall expire automatically at the time the term of every service described on the Schedules hereto terminates (the “ Term ”). The obligation of any Recipient to make a payment for services previously rendered shall not be affected by the expiration of the term and shall continue until full payment is made.
5.2 Termination of Individual Services . Each of the individual services described on the Schedules hereto has a separate term which, in respect of some services, includes a right of extension. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to the following sentence, the obligation of a Provider to provide a service will terminate upon the expiration of the term of such service. Effective between the respective Provider and Recipient, a Recipient may terminate at any time during the Term any individual service provided under this Services Agreement on a service-by-service basis (and/or location-by-location basis where an individual service is provided to multiple locations of a Recipient) upon written notice to the Provider identifying the particular service (or location) to be terminated and the effective date of termination, which date shall not be less than 30 days after receipt of such notice unless the Provider otherwise agrees. Effective upon the termination of any service, an appropriate reduction will be made in the fees charged to such Recipient.
ARTICLE 6.
CERTAIN COVENANTS

 


 

6.1 Points of Contact . Each Provider and Recipient shall name a point of contact which shall be added to the Schedules hereto. Such points of contact shall be responsible for the implementation of this Services Agreement between the respective Provider and its Recipient, including resolutions of any issues that may arise during the performance hereunder on a day-to-day basis.
6.2 Cooperation; Reasonable Care .
     (a) The parties will cooperate (using reasonable commercial efforts) to effect a smooth and orderly transition of the services provided hereunder from the Providers to the respective Recipients including, without limitation, the separation of the Spinco Entities from the Walter Entities; provided , however , that this Section 6.2 shall not require any party hereto to incur any out-of-pocket expenses unless and except as expressly provided otherwise herein.
     (b) Each Provider shall perform the services that it is required to provide to its respective Recipient(s) under this Services Agreement with reasonable skill and care and shall use at least that degree of skill and care that it would exercise in similar circumstances in carrying out its own business. Each Provider shall take necessary measures to protect the respective Recipient’s data that is processed by such Provider from destruction, deletion or unauthorized change and allow its recovery in events of Force Majeure; provided , however , that a Provider shall be deemed to have satisfied this obligation if the measures taken to protect and recover a Recipient’s data are equivalent to what it uses in carrying out its own business.
6.3 Migration Projects . Each Provider will provide the respective Recipient with reasonable support necessary to transition the services, which may include consulting and training and providing reasonable access to data and other information and to Provider’s employees; provided , however , that such activities shall not unduly burden or interfere with Provider’s business and operations. Where required for transitioning the services, the Recipient’s employees will be granted reasonable access to the respective Provider’s facilities during normal business hours.
6.4 Further Assurances . From time to time after the date hereof, without further consideration, each party shall execute and deliver such formal lease or license agreements as another party may reasonably request to evidence any lease or license provided for herein or contemplated hereby.
6.5 Certain Disbursements/Receipts . The parties hereto contemplate that, from time to time, including following the Merger, Walter Entities and/or Spinco Entities (any such party, the “ Paying Party ”), as a convenience to another Spinco Entity or Walter Entity, as the case may be (the “ Responsible Party ”), in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Services Agreement, may make certain payments that are properly the responsibility of the Responsible Party (any such payment made, a “ Disbursement ”). Similarly, from time to time, Walter Entities and/or Spinco Entities (any such party, the “ Payee ”) may receive from third parties certain payments to which another Spinco Entity or Walter Entity, as the case may be, is entitled (any such party, the “ Other Party ”, and any such payment received, a “ Receipt ”).

 


 

     (a)  Disbursements .
     (i) For Disbursements made by check, the Responsible Party will reimburse the Paying Party within three (3) Business Days after written notice of such Disbursement has been given to the Responsible Party.
     (ii) In case of a Disbursement by electronic funds, if written notice has been given by 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day prior to the payment of such Disbursement, the Responsible Party shall reimburse the Paying Party for the amount of such payment on the date the Disbursement is made by the Paying Party. If notice as provided above has not been given prior to the payment of such Disbursement, the Responsible Party shall reimburse the Paying Party for the amount of such payment within one Business Day after receipt by the Responsible Party of such notice from the Paying Party.
     (iii) A Paying Party shall provide such supporting documentation regarding Disbursements for which it is seeking reimbursement as the Responsible Party may reasonably request.
     (b)  Receipts . A Payee shall remit Receipts to the Other Party within one Business Day of receipt thereof.
     (c)  Certain Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if with respect to any particular transaction(s), it is impossible or impracticable under the circumstances to comply with the procedures set forth in Sections 6.5(a) or 6.5(b) hereof (including the time periods specified therein), the parties will cooperate to find a mutually agreeable alternative that will achieve substantially similar economic results from the point of view of the Paying Party or the Other Party, as the case may be (i.e., an alternative pursuant to which the Paying Party will not incur any material interest expense or the Other Party will not be deprived of any material interest income); provided , however , that if a Payee cannot comply with the procedures set forth in Section 6.5(b) hereof because it does not become aware of a Receipt on behalf of the Other Party, then the Payee shall remit such Receipt (without interest thereon) to the Other Party within one Business Day after the Payee becomes aware of such Receipt.
     (d)  Funding of Payroll . Notwithstanding anything which may be to the contrary set forth in Sections 6.5(a) or 6.5(c) hereof, payroll disbursed by or at the direction of a Walter Entity as part of the Walter Provided Services shall be funded in immediately available funds to an account as directed by such Walter Entity on the day the direct deposits are issued to Spinco employees; provided , that such Walter Entity notifies the respective Spinco Entity by 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day prior to the date of disbursement of the funding requirement amount (which amount shall be grossed up to include any social security and medicare taxes and any other related disbursements made in connection with the payroll payment to the respective employee).
     (e)  Interest Rate . Any payments required by sections 6.5(a) or 6.5(b) that are not paid by the Responsible Party or the Payee, as the case may be, within the applicable periods of time set forth in such sections, and that are not otherwise subject to the exceptions set forth in Section

 


 

6.5(c), shall accrue interest thereon calculated daily at the “Prime Rate” as published by the Wall Street Journal .
ARTICLE 7.
FORCE MAJEURE
7.1 Force Majeure . No Provider shall bear any responsibility or liability for any losses, damages, liabilities, claims, costs or expenses, including attorneys’, accountants’ or experts’ fees (“Damages”) arising out of any delay, inability to perform or interruption of its performance of obligations under this Services Agreement due to any acts or omissions of Recipient or for events beyond its reasonable control (hereinafter referred to as “Force Majeure”) including, without limitation, acts of God, act of governmental authority, act of the public enemy or due to war, riot, flood, civil commotion, insurrection, labor difficulty, severe or adverse weather conditions, lack of or shortage of electrical power, malfunctions of equipment or software programs or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the Provider whose performance is affected by the Force Majeure event.
ARTICLE 8.
INDEMNITY
8.1 Indemnity .
     (a) The Walter Entities and Spinco Entities, in both instances jointly and severally among such Entities, will each indemnify and hold harmless the other, their agents, employees and invitees, against all liabilities, claims, losses, damages, death or personal injury of whatever nature or kind, arising out of their respective performance of this Services Agreement or the entry of their respective agents, employees or invitees in the premises of the other, to the extent occasioned by their own willful misconduct or negligent actions or omissions or the willful misconduct or negligent actions or omissions of their respective agents, employees or invitees.
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party shall be entitled to any damages with respect to lost profits or other consequential damages or punitive damages with respect to the performance by any other party under this Services Agreement.
ARTICLE 9.
MISCELLANEOUS
9.1 Resolution of Disputes; Continuation of Services Pending Outcome of Dispute . In the event of any dispute between the parties or between Providers and Recipients, the parties agree to be bound by the arbitration procedures set forth in Section 9.7 of this Services Agreement. Notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the parties, no Provider shall discontinue any service provided for herein, unless so provided in an arbitral determination that the

 


 

respective Recipient is in default of an obligation under this Services Agreement.
9.2 Confidentiality .
     (a)  Disclosure .
          (i) The Receiving Party shall hold all the Disclosing Party’s Information in confidence for the Disclosing Party and, except as set forth in this Services Agreement (including in the Schedules hereto) or as otherwise may be documented by the Disclosing Party in writing, the Receiving Party shall not disclose to any person, firm or enterprise, or use for its own benefit, any such Information. The Receiving Party may disclose Information of the Disclosing Party to its Affiliates and its and their officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors and representatives on a need-to-know basis and solely as required in order for the parties and their Affiliates to perform their respective obligations under this Services Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Walter, Spinco and their respective Affiliates shall (A) advise each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors and representatives having access to or using such Information of the confidentiality requirements in this Services Agreement, (B) cause each such officer, director, employee, agent, contractor and representative to comply with the confidentiality requirements set forth in this Services Agreement (including, without limitation, taking all reasonable measures, at its sole expense, to restrain such officer, director, employee, agents, contractor and representative from any prohibited or authorized disclosure or use of the Information) and (C) be responsible for any breach of such confidentiality requirements set forth in this Agreement by any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors and representatives.
          (ii) The obligation of confidentiality contained in this Services Agreement shall not apply to the extent that: (A) the Receiving Party is required to disclose information by Law to which the Receiving Party is subject, provided , that the Receiving Party shall not make any such disclosure without first notifying the Disclosing Party and allowing the Disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to seek injunctive relief from (or a protective order with respect to) the obligation to make such disclosure; or (B) (I) the disclosed information was or becomes publicly available other than as a result of the action of the Receiving Party in violation hereof, or (II) the disclosed information was received by the Receiving Party after the date hereof on an unrestricted basis from a source unrelated to the Disclosing Party and not known by the Receiving Party to be under a duty of confidentiality to the Disclosing Party.
     (b)  Document Retention . Promptly after the termination or expiration of this Services Agreement, each Receiving Party shall furnish, upon reasonable request and at the expense of the Disclosing Party, to the Disclosing Party all copies (in whatever form or medium) of all such Information in the possession of Receiving Party. Notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Services Agreement or any of the services provided hereunder, each Receiving Party shall maintain indefinitely the confidentiality of any such retained record to the same extent required under this Services Agreement.
9.3 Notices . All notices, consents, waiver, claims and other communications hereunder (each a “ Notice ”) shall be in writing and shall be (a) personally delivered, (b) deposited, prepaid in a

 


 

nationally established overnight delivery firm such as Federal Express, (c) mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (d) transmitted by facsimile as follows:
 
As to Walter or any other Walter Entity:
Walter Industries, Inc.
4211 W. Boy Scout Blvd., 10 th Floor
Tampa, FL 33607
Attention: General Counsel
Fax No.: (813) 871-4420
 
As to Spinco or any other Spinco Entity:
Walter Investment Management LLC
4211 W. Boy Scout Blvd., 4 th Floor
Tampa, FL 33607
Attention: General Counsel
Fax No.: (813) 871- [      ]
or to any other address which such party may have subsequently communicated to the other party by a Notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Each Notice shall be deemed given and effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt).
9.4 Entire Agreement . This Services Agreement and the Schedules attached hereto contain every obligation and understanding between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and merge all prior discussion, negotiations and agreements, if any, between them, and none of the parties shall be bound by any representations, warranties, covenants or other understandings, other than as expressly provided herein or therein.
9.5 Waiver and Amendment . Any representation, warranty, covenant, term or condition of this Services Agreement which may legally be waived, may be waived, or the time of performance thereof extended, at any time by the party hereto entitled to the benefit thereof, and any term, condition or covenant hereto may be amended by the parties hereto at any time. Any such waiver, extension or amendment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing executed on behalf of the appropriate party by a Person who has been authorized by such party to execute waivers, extensions or amendments on its behalf. No waiver by any party hereto, whether express or implied, of its rights under any provisions at any other time or a waiver of such party’s rights under any other provision of this Services Agreement. No failure by any party hereto to take any action against any breach of this Services Agreement or default by another party shall constitute a waiver of the former party’s right to enforce any provision of this Services Agreement or to take action against such breach or default or any subsequent breach or default by such other party.
9.6 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this Services Agreement shall be declared invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Services Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and such invalid, void or unenforceable provision shall be interpreted as closely as possible to the manner in which it was written.
9.7 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Services Agreement shall be interpreted and construed

 


 

in accordance with the laws of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein. Neither party shall commence any proceeding against the other party under this Services Agreement unless and until the parties shall have attempted in good faith to settle the underlying dispute through negotiation or mediation for a period of not less than 30 days. If the parties have not resolved the dispute within 30 days, then either party may initiate arbitration by notifying the other party in writing that arbitration is demanded. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration (the “ Rules ”) by one arbitrator. Unless the parties agree on an individual arbitrator by name, each party shall appoint one arbitrator, obtain its appointee’s acceptance of such appointment, and deliver written notification of such appointment and acceptance to the other party within 10 days after delivery of the written notice demanding arbitration. The two party appointed arbitrators shall then jointly appoint a third arbitrator, obtain the appointee’s acceptance of such appointment and notify the parties in writing of such appointment and acceptance within 10 days after their appointment and acceptance. The arbitrator appointed by the two party-appointed arbitrators shall serve as the sole arbitrator. If the party appointed arbitrators fail to appoint an arbitrator within the time limits specified herein, the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution shall appoint the arbitrator in accordance with Article 6 of the Rules. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. Unless otherwise agreed, the place of the arbitration shall be Tampa, Florida.
9.8 Counterpart Execution . This Services Agreement may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if all of the parties had signed the same document. Such counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that all of the parties are not signatories to the original or the same instrument, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined. The signature of any party to one counterpart shall be deemed to be a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.
9.9 Assignment . This Services Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided that this Agreement may not be assigned by either party to any Person without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) either party may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Services Agreement, in whole or in part, to one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of such party; (ii) any party so assigning this Services Agreement shall remain fully liable to the other party for the performance by any assignee of any obligation of such party so assigned, and (iii) each party hereto acknowledges and consents to the assignment, by operation of law or otherwise, of this Services Agreement to the successor in interest of Spinco pursuant to the Merger, and this Services Agreement shall remain binding and in full force and effect following the Merger. Any purported assignment in violation of this Section 9.8 shall be void.
9.10 No Third Party Beneficiary . Nothing expressed or implied in this Services Agreement is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon or give any Person other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns and the indemnities, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Services Agreement.

 


 

9.11 Headings and Interpretation . Titles and headings to articles and sections herein and titles to the Schedules are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Services Agreement. The Schedules referred to herein shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Services Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.
9.12 Survival . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the rights and obligations of the parties under this Services Agreement which by their nature would continue beyond the termination of this Services Agreement, including but not limited to those set forth in Sections 3.6, 6.5, 8.1, 9.1, 9.2 and 9.7, shall survive termination of this Services Agreement.
[Signature pages to follow]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized officers or representatives of the parties hereto have duly executed this Services Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
Spinco Entities:
  Walter Entities:    
 
       
Walter Investment Management LLC
  Walter Industries, Inc.    
 
       
      /s/ Mark J. O’Brien
        /s/ Victor P. Patrick    
 
Name:      Mark J. O’Brien
 
 
Name: Victor P. Patrick
   
Title:     President and Chief Executive Officer
  Title: Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer    
 
                       and General Counsel    

 

Exhibit 10.1.8
TAX SEPARATION AGREEMENT
     THIS TAX SEPARATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of April 17, 2009 is made and entered into by Walter Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Walter”) and the Walter Affiliates (as defined below), and Walter Investment Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Spinco”) and the Spinco Affiliates (as defined below).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Walter is the common parent corporation of an “affiliated group” of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and of certain combined groups as defined under similar laws of other jurisdictions and Spinco and the Spinco Affiliates and WMC and the WMC Affiliates are, as of the date hereof, and have been members of such groups;
     WHEREAS, the groups of which Walter is the common parent and Spinco and the Spinco Affiliates and WMC and the WMC Affiliates are members file or intend to file Consolidated Returns and Combined Returns (each as defined below);
     WHEREAS, on April 17, 2009, JWHHC’s interests in WMC, Walter Investment Reinsurance Co. Ltd. and Best Insurors, Inc. were sold by JWHHC to Walter in exchange for cash or a note executed by Walter;
     WHEREAS, on April 17, 2009, Walter contributed its interests in WMC, Walter Investment Reinsurance Co. Ltd. and Best Insurors, Inc. to Spinco in exchange for all the limited liability company interests in Spinco;
     WHEREAS, as of the date of this Agreement, Walter intends to make a distribution (the “Distribution”) of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Spinco pro rata to the holders of Walter capital stock in a transaction that is intended to qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Code;
     WHEREAS, following the Distribution, Spinco intends to merge (the “Merger”) into Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc. (“HCM”), with HCM being the surviving corporation in the Merger and a successor to Spinco;
     WHEREAS, at the effective time of the Merger, the surviving corporation will be renamed Walter Investment Management Corporation; and
     WHEREAS, Walter and Spinco desire to set forth their agreement regarding the allocation of taxes, the filing of tax returns, the administration of tax contests and other related matters;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


 

2

     SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
          1.1 “ADDITIONAL TAXABLE DIVIDEND” means a dividend required to be paid by Spinco (under Section 860 of the Code or otherwise) in order to meet the requirement of Section 857(a)(2)(B) of the Code and maintain its status as a “real estate investment trust” for United States federal income tax purposes, and resulting solely from an E+P Adjustment.
          1.2 “ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT” means with respect to any taxable year, and with respect to any Non-Audit Adjustment, the amount determined under Section 3.9 of this Agreement.
          1.3 “AUDIT” includes any audit, assessment of Taxes, other examination by any Tax Authority, proceeding, or appeal of such proceeding, relating to Taxes, whether administrative or judicial.
          1.4 “COMBINED GROUP” means a group of corporations or other entities that files a Combined Return.
          1.5 “COMBINED RETURN” means any Tax Return with respect to Non-Federal Taxes filed on a consolidated, combined (including nexus combination, worldwide combination, domestic combination, line of business combination or any other form of combination) or unitary basis wherein one or more members of the WMC Group or Spinco Group join in the filing of a Tax Return with Walter or a Walter Affiliate that is not also a member of either such group.
          1.6 “CONSOLIDATED GROUP” means the affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code of which Walter is the common parent and which includes the Spinco Group and WMC Group.
          1.7 “CONSOLIDATED RETURN” means any Tax Return with respect to Federal Income Taxes filed by the Consolidated Group pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code.
          1.8 “CURRENT TAXABLE PERIODS” means, as applicable, the taxable period commencing on January 1, 2009 and ending on the Distribution Date, and the taxable year commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on December 31, 2008.
          1.9 “DISTRIBUTION DATE” means the day on which the Distribution is effective.
          1.10 “DISTRIBUTION TAXES” means any (i) Taxes imposed on, or increase in Taxes incurred by, Walter or any Walter Affiliate and (ii) any Taxes of a Walter shareholder (or former Walter shareholder) that are required to be paid or reimbursed by Walter or any Walter Affiliate pursuant to a legal determination, resulting from, or arising in connection with, the failure of the Distribution to qualify as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code (including, without limitation, any Tax resulting from the application of Section 355(d) or Section 355(e) of the Code to the Distribution) or corresponding provisions of the laws of any other jurisdictions. Any Tax referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be determined using the highest applicable statutory rate with respect to such Taxes for the relevant taxable period (or portion thereof).


 

3

          1.11 “E+P ADJUSTMENT” means, as a result of a Final Determination, any positive adjustment to the earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) of the Consolidated Group or any member of the Consolidated Group arising from any redetermination of any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of any member of the Consolidated Group.
          1.12 “ESTIMATED TAX INSTALLMENT DATE” means the installment due dates prescribed in Section 6655(c) of the Code (presently April 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15).
          1.13 “FEDERAL INCOME TAX” or “FEDERAL INCOME TAXES” means any tax imposed under Subtitle A of the Code (including the taxes imposed by Sections 11, 55, 59A, and 1201(a) of the Code), including any interest, additions to Tax, or penalties applicable thereto, and any other income based Federal Tax which is hereinafter imposed upon corporations.
          1.14 “FEDERAL TAX” means any Tax imposed under the Code or otherwise under United States federal Tax law.
          1.15 “FINAL DETERMINATION” means (a) the final resolution of any Tax (or other matter) for a taxable period, including any related interest or penalties, that, under applicable law, is not subject to further appeal, review or modification through proceedings or otherwise, including (1) by the expiration of a statute of limitations (giving effect to any extension, waiver or mitigation thereof) or a period for the filing of claims for refunds, amended returns, appeals from adverse determinations, or recovering any refund (including by offset), (2) by a decision, judgment, decree, or other order by a court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final and unappealable, (3) by a closing agreement or an accepted offer in compromise under Section 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or comparable agreements under laws of other jurisdictions, (4) by execution of an IRS Form 870-AD, or by a comparable form under the laws of other jurisdictions (excluding, however, any such form that reserves (whether by its terms or by operation of law) the right of the taxpayer to file a claim for refund and/or the right of the Tax Authority to assert a further deficiency), or (5) by any allowance of a refund or credit, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such refund or credit may be recovered (including by way of offset) or (b) the payment of Tax by any member of the Consolidated Group or Combined Group with respect to any item disallowed or adjusted by a Tax Authority provided that Walter determines that no action should be taken to recoup such payment.
          1.16 “HOMES” means Jim Walter Homes, LLC, a subsidiary of Walter, and any of its subsidiaries.
          1.17 “IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.
          1.18 “JWHHC” means JWH Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
          1.19 “MARKET VALUATION” means as of the first business day immediately following the date on which the Distribution is effected (i) with respect to Spinco, the fair market value of all of its issued and outstanding limited liability company interests as of such date, or (ii) with respect to Walter, the fair market value of all of its issued and outstanding


 

4

stock (measured using the mean of the high and low of the public trading price as published in The Wall Street Journal) as of such date.
          1.20 “NON-AUDIT ADJUSTMENT” means the redetermination of any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of any member of the Consolidated Group or any Combined Group other than as a result of an Audit or any settlement or compromise with any Tax Authority, provided that such redetermination is attributable to misleading or inaccurate information provided by Spinco, any Spinco Affiliate, WMC or any WMC Affiliate to Walter, or the failure by Spinco, any Spinco Affiliate, WMC or any WMC Affiliate to provide material information to Walter.
          1.21 “NON-FEDERAL COMBINED TAXES” means any Non-Federal Taxes with respect to which a Combined Return is filed.
          1.22 “NON-FEDERAL INCOME TAX” means any income-based Non-Federal Tax imposed by any Tax Authority, including any interest, additions to Tax, or penalties applicable thereto.
          1.23 “NON-FEDERAL SEPARATE TAXES” means any Non-Federal Taxes that are not Non-Federal Combined Taxes.
          1.24 “NON-FEDERAL TAXES” means any Tax other than a Federal Tax.
          1.25 “OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE” means a letter executed by an officer of Walter or Spinco and provided to Tax Counsel as a condition for the completion of a Tax Opinion or Supplemental Tax Opinion.
          1.26 “POST-DISTRIBUTION PERIOD” means a taxable period beginning after the Distribution Date.
          1.27 “PRE-DISTRIBUTION PERIOD” means any taxable period beginning on or prior to the Distribution Date.
          1.28 “PRO FORMA SPINCO GROUP COMBINED RETURN” means a pro forma non-federal combined tax return or other schedule prepared pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Agreement.
          1.29 “PRO FORMA SPINCO GROUP CONSOLIDATED RETURN” means a pro forma consolidated federal income tax return prepared pursuant to Section 3.5 of this Agreement.
          1.30 “PRO FORMA WMC GROUP COMBINED RETURN” means a pro forma non-federal combined tax return or other schedule prepared pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Agreement.
          1.31 “PRO FORMA WMC GROUP CONSOLIDATED RETURN” means a pro forma consolidated federal income tax return prepared pursuant to Section 3.5 of this Agreement.
          1.32 “RULING” means (i) any private letter ruling issued by the IRS in connection with the Distribution in response to a request for such a private letter ruling filed by Walter (or any Walter Affiliate) prior to the date of the Distribution, and (ii) any similar ruling issued


 

5

by any other Tax Authority addressing the application of a provision of the laws of another jurisdiction to the Distribution.
          1.33 “RULING DOCUMENTS” means (i) the request for a Ruling filed with the IRS, together with any supplemental filings or other materials subsequently submitted on behalf of Walter, its Affiliates and shareholders to the IRS, or on behalf of Spinco, its Affiliates and shareholders to the IRS the appendices and exhibits thereto, and any Ruling issued by the IRS to Walter (or any Walter Affiliate) or Spinco (or any Spinco Affiliate) in connection with the Distribution and (ii) any similar filings submitted to, or rulings issued by, any other Tax Authority in connection with the Distribution.
          1.34 “SPINCO” means Walter Investment Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
          1.35 “SPINCO AFFILIATE” means any corporation or other entity, including any entity that is a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, directly or indirectly “controlled” by Spinco where “control” means the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interests of such corporation or other entity (by vote or value) or the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such corporation or other entity.
          1.36 “SPINCO BUSINESS” means the business and operations conducted by Spinco and its Affiliates as such business and operations will continue after the date of the Distribution.
          1.37 “SPINCO GROUP” means the affiliated group of corporations, including any entity that is a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code, or similar group of entities as defined under similar laws of other jurisdictions, of which Spinco would be the common parent if it were not a subsidiary of Walter, and any corporation or other entity, including any entity that is a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, which may be or become a member of such group from time to time.
          1.38 “SPINCO GROUP COMBINED TAX LIABILITY” means, with respect to any taxable year, the Spinco Group’s liability for Non-Federal Combined Taxes as determined under Section 3.6 of this Agreement.
          1.39 “SPINCO GROUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY” means, with respect to any taxable year, the Spinco Group’s liability for Federal Income Taxes as determined under Section 3.5 of this Agreement.
          1.40 “SUPPLEMENTAL RULING” means (i) any ruling (other than the Ruling) issued by the IRS in connection with the Distribution, and (ii) any similar ruling issued by any other Tax Authority addressing the application of a provision of the laws of another jurisdiction to the Distribution.
          1.41 “SUPPLEMENTAL RULING DOCUMENTS” means (i) the request for a Supplemental Ruling, together with any supplemental filings or other materials subsequently submitted, the appendices and exhibits thereto, and any Supplemental Rulings issued by the IRS in connection with the Distribution and (ii) any similar filings submitted to, or rulings issued by, any other Tax Authority in connection with the Distribution.


 

6

          1.42 “SUPPLEMENTAL TAX OPINION” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c) of this Agreement.
          1.43 “TAX” or “TAXES” means any charges, fees, levies, imposts, duties, or other assessments of a similar nature, including without limitation, income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross receipts, excise, employment, sales, use, transfer, license, payroll, franchise, severance, stamp, occupation, windfall profits, withholding, Social Security, unemployment, disability, ad valorem, estimated, highway use, commercial rent, capital stock, paid up capital, recording, registration, property, real property gains, value added, business license, custom duties, or other tax or governmental fee of any kind whatsoever, imposed or required to be withheld by any Tax Authority including any interest, additions to Tax, or penalties applicable thereto.
          1.44 “TAX ASSET” means any net operating loss, net capital loss, investment tax credit, foreign tax credit, charitable deduction or any other deduction, credit or tax attribute which could reduce Taxes (including without limitation deductions and credits related to alternative minimum taxes).
          1.45 “TAX AUTHORITY” includes the IRS and any state, local, or other governmental authority responsible for the administration of any Taxes.
          1.46 “TAX COUNSEL” means a nationally recognized law firm or accounting firm selected by Walter to provide a Tax Opinion or a Supplemental Tax Opinion.
          1.47 “TAX OPINION” means an opinion issued by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP addressing certain United States federal income tax consequences of the Distribution under Section 355 of the Code as one of the conditions to completing the Distribution.
          1.48 “TAX RETURN” OR “TAX RETURNS” means any return, declaration, statement, report, schedule, certificate, form, information return or any other document (and any related or supporting information) including an amended tax return required to be supplied to, or filed with, a Tax Authority with respect to Taxes.
          1.49 “TAXABLE DIVIDEND” means the dividend paid by Spinco in the form of cash and Spinco interests immediately subsequent to the Distribution and immediately preceding the Merger.
          1.50 “WALTER AFFILIATE” means any corporation or other entity, including any entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes, directly or indirectly “controlled” by Walter where “control” means the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interests of such corporation or other entity (by vote or value) or the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such corporation or other entity, but at all times excluding Spinco and any Spinco Affiliate, and WMC and any WMC affiliate, as applicable.
          1.51 “WALTER BUSINESS” means all of the businesses and operations conducted by Walter and any Walter Affiliates, excluding the Spinco Business or the WMC Business, at any time, whether prior to, or after the Distribution Date.
          1.52 “WALTER GROUP” means the affiliated group of corporations, including any entity that is a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, as defined in Section


 

7

1504(a) of the Code, or similar group of entities as defined under similar laws of other jurisdictions, of which Walter is the common parent, and any corporation or other entity, including any entity that is a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, which may be or become a member of such group from time to time.
          1.53 “WMC” means Walter Mortgage Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
          1.54 “WMC AFFILIATE” means (i) any corporation or other entity, including any entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes, directly or indirectly “controlled” by WMC where “control” means the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interests of such corporation or other entity (by vote or value) or the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such corporation or other entity, (ii) Best Insurors, Inc. and (iii) Walter Investment Reinsurance Co., Ltd.
          1.55 “WMC BUSINESS” means all of the businesses and operations conducted by WMC and any WMC Affiliates, as such business and operations will continue after the date of the Distribution.
          1.56 “WMC GROUP COMBINED TAX LIABILITY” means, with respect to any taxable year, the WMC Group’s liability for Non-Federal Combined Taxes as determined under Section 3.6 of this Agreement.
          1.57 “WMC GROUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY” means, with respect to any taxable year, the WMC Group’s liability for Federal Income Taxes as determined under Section 3.5 of this Agreement.
          1.58 “WMC GROUP” means the affiliated group of corporations, including any entity that is a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code, or similar group of entities as defined under similar laws of other jurisdictions, of which WMC would be the common parent if it were not a subsidiary of Spinco, and any corporation or other entity, including any entity that is a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, which may be or become a member of such group from time to time. Such group shall also include Best Insurors, Inc. and Walter Investment Reinsurance Co., Ltd.
     SECTION 2. PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS
          2.1 IN GENERAL. (a) Walter shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the preparation and filing of any Consolidated Return or Combined Return.
          (b) Spinco shall, subject to Section 2.2 of this Agreement, be responsible for preparing and filing all Tax Returns of Spinco and the Spinco Affiliates, and of WMC and the WMC Affiliates, other than those described in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.
          2.2 PREPARATION AND FILING OF RETURNS. (a) All Tax Returns described in Section 2.1 of this Agreement shall be (1) prepared in a manner that is consistent with Section 4 of this Agreement and the Code, and (2) filed on a timely basis (taking into account applicable extensions) by the party responsible for such filing under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.


 

8

          (b) Subject to Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement, Walter, in its sole discretion, shall have the exclusive right with respect to any Consolidated Return or Combined Return (a) to determine (1) the manner in which such Tax Return shall be prepared and filed, including, without limitation, the manner in which any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit shall be reported, (2) whether any extensions may be requested, (3) the elections that will be made by any member of the Consolidated Group or applicable Combined Group, and (4) whether any amended Tax Returns should be filed, (b) to control, contest, and represent the interests of the Consolidated Group and any Combined Group in any Audit and to resolve, settle, or agree to any adjustment or deficiency proposed, asserted or assessed as a result of any Audit, (c) to file, prosecute, compromise or settle any claim for refund, and (d) to determine whether any refunds, to which the Consolidated Group or applicable Combined Group may be entitled, shall be paid by way of refund or credited against the Tax liability of the Consolidated Group or applicable Combined Group. Spinco, for itself and its subsidiaries, hereby irrevocably appoints Walter as its agent and attorney-in-fact to take such action (including the execution of documents) as Walter may deem appropriate to effect the foregoing.
          2.3 FURNISHING INFORMATION. (a) Spinco (or the applicable Spinco Affiliate) shall, to the extent commercially reasonable,(i) furnish to Walter in a timely manner such information, documents and assistance as Walter may reasonably request for purposes of (1) preparing any original or amended Consolidated Return or Combined Return, (2) contesting or defending any Audit relating to a Consolidated Return or a Combined Return, and (3) making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement; (ii) cooperate and provide assistance in any Audit of any Consolidated Return or Combined Return; (iii) retain and provide on demand books, records, documentation or other information relating to any Tax Return and maintain and provide support to Walter (including the provision of the appropriate personnel as further described in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement) with respect to any electronic financial systems that provide information relating to historical data, including data required to be sourced from the “mainframe” (the data that is maintained by Walter that was sourced from the McCormick and Dodge system and its predecessor (the “Mainframe”) or the related data that may at any time be transferred from the mainframe to an alternate database, until the later of (1) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to any extension, waiver, or mitigation thereof) and (2) in the event any claim is made under this Agreement for which such information is relevant, until a Final Determination with respect to such claim; and (iv) take such action as Walter may deem appropriate in connection therewith. For purposes of this Section 2.3(a), such assistance shall include, but not be limited to, the making available of individuals with expertise relating to matters that are the subject of any Audit or proceeding, or relating to any information or documents requested under this Section 2.3(a), at the times and in the manner requested by Walter.
          (b) For purposes of Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement, the provision of appropriate personnel shall include, without limitation, the following persons: (i) Joe Kelly, Executive VP of WMC, shall be made available, to the extent commercially reasonable, upon request to provide data required to be sourced from the Mainframe, (ii) Kim Perez, CFO, and Ann Carballa, Director of Systems Integration, of WMC, shall be made available, to the extent commercially reasonable, to provide data requests specifically for the periods post 2002, upon which time the Company converted from the Mainframe to alternate systems, and to assist Joe Kelly in providing data requests for data prior to 2002. In addition, WMC shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to assure that the knowledge of the individuals


 

9

described in clause (i) and (ii), as it pertains to the data requests, shall be transferred to others within the WMC organization should these individuals leave the employ of WMC, unless prevented by the circumstances of such departure.
          (c) Walter shall, to the extent commercially reasonable, furnish to Spinco (or the applicable Spinco Affiliate) in a timely manner such assistance as Spinco may reasonably require for purposes of preparing any Tax Return relating to the Taxes of the Spinco Group for any Pre-Distribution Period, and Walter shall, to the extent commercially reasonable, provide Spinco (or the applicable Spinco Affiliate) any assistance reasonably required in providing any information requested pursuant to this Section 2.3. For purposes of this Section 2.3(e), such assistance shall include, but not be limited to, the making available of individuals with expertise relating to the matters described in this Section 2.3, at the times and in the manner reasonably requested by Spinco. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligations of Walter under this Section 2.3(e) shall in no way limit its obligations under any other agreements entered into in connection with the Distribution.
     SECTION 3. PAYMENT OF TAXES AND TAX SHARING AMOUNTS
          3.1 FEDERAL INCOME TAXES. Walter shall pay (or cause to be paid) to the IRS all Federal Income Taxes, if any, of the Consolidated Group.
          3.2 NON-FEDERAL COMBINED TAXES. Walter shall pay (or cause to be paid) to the appropriate Tax Authorities all Non-Federal Combined Taxes, if any, of any Combined Group.
          3.3 NON-FEDERAL SEPARATE TAXES AND OTHER TAXES. Spinco shall pay to the appropriate Tax Authorities all Non-Federal Separate Taxes and any other Taxes (other than those described in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 of this Agreement), if any, of Spinco and the Spinco Affiliates, and of WMC and the WMC Affiliates, including, without limitation, those for any Pre-Distribution Period (or portion thereof ending on the Distribution Date) arising as a result of a Final Determination with respect to Federal Income Taxes that requires an adjustment to any Taxes described in this Section 3.3. With respect to any Current Taxable Period, the Non-Federal Separate Taxes and any other Taxes described in this Section 3.3 shall include any Non-Federal Separate Taxes and any other Taxes owed by JWHHC (as the former parent of the WMC Group for such periods) to the extent attributable to the income of WMC or the WMC Affiliates, and, accordingly, shall be payable by Spinco to JWHHC or Walter not later than 15 business days after it is notified by Walter of the amount due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any 1098 reporting penalties imposed by the IRS relating to a Pre-Distribution Period shall be paid by Walter. For purposes of this Section, “1098 reporting penalties” shall mean any penalties that result solely from a determination that the amount of interest reported with respect to the financing contracts associated with the sale of homes by Homes was incorrectly reported on IRS Form 1098.
          3.4 SPINCO LIABILITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAXES AND NON-FEDERAL COMBINED TAXES FOR CURRENT TAXABLE YEARS. For each Current Taxable Period, Spinco shall pay to Walter an amount equal to, without duplication, the sum of (1) the WMC Group Federal Income Tax Liability, (2) the WMC Group Combined Tax Liability, (3) the Spinco Group Federal Income Tax Liability and (4) the Spinco Group Combined Tax Liability, for such period, as determined pursuant to Sections 3.5 and 3.6 of this Agreement, and in the manner described in Section 3.8 of this Agreement.


 

10

          3.5 WMC GROUP AND SPINCO GROUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY. (a) WMC GROUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY. The WMC Group Federal Income Tax Liability for a Current Taxable Period shall be the WMC Group’s liability for Federal Income Taxes for such taxable period, as determined on a Pro Forma WMC Group Consolidated Return prepared in accordance with Section 3.5(b) of this Agreement.
          (b) PRO FORMA WMC GROUP CONSOLIDATED RETURN. With respect to a Current Taxable Period, Walter shall prepare or cause to be prepared (and, as requested by Walter, Spinco shall cooperate in preparing) a Pro Forma WMC Group Consolidated Return as if the WMC Group were not and never were part of the Consolidated Group, but rather were a separate affiliated group of corporations of which WMC were the common parent filing a consolidated federal income tax return for such period pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the Pro Forma WMC Group Consolidated Return shall be prepared without regard to the conversion of WMC to a disregarded entity, treating WMC as a corporation for these purposes.
          (c) SPINCO GROUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY. The Spinco Group Federal Income Tax Liability for a Current Taxable Period shall be the Spinco Group’s liability for Federal Income Taxes for such taxable period, as determined on a Pro Forma Spinco Group Consolidated Return prepared in accordance with Section 3.5(d) of this Agreement.
          (d) PRO FORMA SPINCO GROUP CONSOLIDATED RETURN. With respect to a Current Taxable Period, Walter shall prepare or cause to be prepared (and, as requested by Walter, Spinco shall cooperate in preparing) a Pro Forma Spinco Group Consolidated Return as if the Spinco Group were not and never were part of the Consolidated Group, but rather were a separate affiliated group of corporations of which Spinco were the common parent filing a consolidated federal income tax return for such period pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code.
          3.6 WMC GROUP AND SPINCO GROUP COMBINED TAX LIABILITY. (a) WMC GROUP COMBINED TAX LIABILITY. The WMC Group Combined Tax Liability for a Current Taxable Period shall be the sum for such taxable period of the WMC Group’s liability for each Non-Federal Combined Tax, as determined on Pro Forma WMC Group Combined Returns prepared in a manner consistent with the principles and procedures set forth in Section 3.5(b) hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Pro Forma WMC Group Combined Return shall be prepared without regard to the conversion of WMC to a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, treating WMC as a corporation for these purposes, and Spinco and the WMC Group shall be liable for such taxes pursuant to Section 3.4 of this Agreement, regardless of whether JWHHC is ultimately responsible for filing the Tax Returns relating to such Non-Federal Combined Taxes.
          (b) SPINCO GROUP COMBINED TAX LIABILITY. The Spinco Group Combined Tax Liability for a Current Taxable Period shall be the sum for such taxable period of the Spinco Group’s liability for each Non-Federal Combined Tax, as determined on Pro Forma Spinco Group Combined Returns prepared in a manner consistent with the principles and procedures set forth in Section 3.5(d) hereof.
          3.7 TAX SHARING INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS. (a) WMC GROUP FEDERAL INCOME TAXES. For each Estimated Tax Installment Date with respect to any


 

11

Current Taxable Period, Walter shall determine under Section 6655 of the Code the estimated amount of the related installment of the WMC Group Federal Income Tax Liability and shall notify Spinco of such amount. Spinco shall then pay to Walter, not later than 15 business days after it is notified by Walter of such amount, the amount thus determined.
          (b) WMC GROUP NON-FEDERAL COMBINED TAXES. For each estimated tax installment date with respect to Non-Federal Combined Taxes for any Current Taxable Period, Walter shall determine the estimated amount of the related installment of the WMC Group Combined Tax Liability and shall notify Spinco of such amount. Spinco shall pay to Walter, not later than 15 business days after it is notified by Walter of such amount, the amount thus determined.
          (c) SPINCO GROUP FEDERAL INCOME TAXES. For each Estimated Tax Installment Date with respect to any Current Taxable Period, Walter shall determine under Section 6655 of the Code the estimated amount of the related installment of the Spinco Group Federal Income Tax Liability and shall notify Spinco of such amount. Spinco shall then pay to Walter, not later than 15 business days after it is notified by Walter of such amount, the amount thus determined.
          (d) SPINCO GROUP NON-FEDERAL COMBINED TAXES. For each estimated tax installment date with respect to Non-Federal Combined Taxes for any Current Taxable Period, Walter shall determine the estimated amount of the related installment of the Spinco Group Combined Tax Liability and shall notify Spinco of such amount. Spinco shall pay to Walter, not later than 15 business days after it is notified by Walter of such amount, the amount thus determined.
          3.8 TAX SHARING TRUE-UP PAYMENTS. (a) FEDERAL INCOME TAXES. Not later than 60 business days after the Consolidated Return is filed with respect to any Current Taxable Period, Walter shall deliver to Spinco a Pro Forma WMC Group Consolidated Return and a Pro Forma Spinco Group Consolidated Return or other comparable schedules reflecting the WMC Group Federal Income Tax Liability and Spinco Group Federal Income Tax Liability for such period. Not later than 10 business days after the date such Pro Forma WMC Group Consolidated Return and Pro Forma Spinco Group Consolidated Return or other schedules are delivered, Spinco shall pay to Walter, or Walter shall pay to Spinco, as appropriate, an amount equal to (i) the difference, if any, between the WMC Group Federal Income Tax Liability for such taxable period and the aggregate amount paid by Spinco with respect to such taxable period under Section 3.7(a) of this Agreement, and (ii) the difference, if any, between the Spinco Group Federal Income Tax Liability for such taxable period and the aggregate amount paid by Spinco with respect to such taxable period under Section 3.7(c) of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Walter shall only be required to make a payment to Spinco pursuant to this Section 3.8(a) to the extent it has received a refund of Federal Income Taxes attributable to such amounts; and in no event shall such payment be required prior to 15 days after the receipt of such refund.
          (b) NON-FEDERAL COMBINED TAXES. Not later than 60 business days after the Combined Return is filed with respect to any taxable period described in Section 3.4, Walter shall deliver to Spinco a Pro Forma WMC Group Combined Return and a Pro Forma Spinco Group Combined Return or other comparable schedules reflecting the WMC Group Combined Tax Liability and Spinco Group Combined Tax Liability for such taxable year (or portion thereof ending on the Distribution Date). Not later than 10 business days following


 

12

delivery of such Pro Forma WMC Group Combined Return and Pro Forma Spinco Group Combined Return or other schedules, Spinco shall pay to Walter, or Walter shall pay to Spinco, as appropriate, an amount equal to (i) the difference, if any, between the WMC Group Combined Tax Liability for such taxable year (or portion thereof ending on the Distribution Date) and the amount paid by Spinco with respect to such taxable year (or portion thereof ending on the Distribution Date) under Section 3.7(b) of this Agreement, and (ii) the difference, if any, between the Spinco Group Combined Tax Liability for such taxable period and the aggregate amount paid by Spinco with respect to such taxable period under Section 3.7(d) of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Walter shall only be required to make a payment to Spinco pursuant to this Section 3.8(b) to the extent it has received a refund of Non-Federal Combined Taxes attributable to such amounts; and in no event shall such payment be required prior to 15 days after the receipt of such refund.
          3.9 ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT. (a) IN GENERAL. In the event of any Non-Audit Adjustment, Spinco shall pay Walter the Adjustment Amount.
          (b) COMPUTATION. The Adjustment Amount shall be equal to the sum of (A) the difference between (1) the sum of the WMC Group Federal Income Tax Liability and the WMC Group Combined Tax Liability that would have been computed under Sections 3.5 and 3.6 for the taxable year to which the Non-Audit Adjustment relates had such year been a Current Taxable Period, taking such Non-Audit Adjustment into account, and (2) the sum of the WMC Group Federal Income Tax Liability and the WMC Group Combined Tax Liability that would have been computed under Sections 3.5 and 3.6 for the taxable year to which the Non-Audit Adjustment relates had such year been a Current Taxable Period, without regard to such Non-Audit Adjustment; and (B) the difference between (1) the sum of the Spinco Group Federal Income Tax Liability and the Spinco Group Combined Tax Liability that would have been computed under Sections 3.5 and 3.6 for the taxable year to which the Non-Audit Adjustment relates had such year been a Current Taxable Period, taking such Non-Audit Adjustment into account, and (2) the sum of the Spinco Group Federal Income Tax Liability and the Spinco Group Combined Tax Liability that would have been computed under Sections 3.5 and 3.6 for the taxable year to which the Non-Audit Adjustment relates had such year been a Current Taxable Period, without regard to such Non-Audit Adjustment.
          (c) PAYMENT. Walter shall deliver to Spinco a schedule reflecting the computation of any Adjustment Amount with respect to any applicable taxable year. Not later than 5 business days after the date such schedule is delivered, Spinco shall pay Walter such Adjustment Amount.
          3.10 INTEREST ON LATE PAYMENTS. Payments made between Walter and Spinco under this Section 3 that are not made within the prescribed period shall thereafter bear interest at the short term applicable federal rate, (as defined in Section 1274 of the Code and as determined by the IRS from time to time) plus 350 basis points.
     SECTION 4. DISTRIBUTION TAXES
          4.1 CONTINUING COVENANTS. Spinco, for itself, the Spinco Affiliates, WMC and the WMC Affiliates, covenants that on or after the Distribution Date it will not (nor will it cause or permit any member of the Spinco Group to), (i) make or change any tax election, (ii) change any accounting method, (iii) amend any Tax Return or take any Tax position on any Tax Return that is inconsistent with any Tax position on any Tax Return of


 

13

the Walter Group, or (iv) take any action, omit to take any action or enter into any transaction that results in any increased Tax liability or reduction of any Tax Asset of the Walter Group; unless any such action is required by a Final Determination.
          4.2 ADDITIONAL CONTINUING COVENANTS. (a) Spinco RESTRICTIONS. Spinco agrees that it will not take or fail to take, or permit any Spinco Affiliate, WMC or any WMC Affiliate to take or fail to take, any action where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation that relates to facts or matters related to Spinco or WMC, any Spinco Affiliate or WMC Affiliate, or the Spinco Business or WMC Business or that is within the control of Spinco, any Spinco Affiliate, WMC or any WMC Affiliate, and is contained in an Officer’s Certificate, Tax Opinion, Supplemental Tax Opinion, Ruling Documents, Supplemental Ruling Documents, Ruling, or Supplemental Ruling. For this purpose an action is considered inconsistent with a representation if the representation states that there is no plan or intention to take such action. Spinco agrees that it will not take (and it will cause the Spinco Affiliates, WMC and the WMC Affiliates to refrain from taking) any position on a Tax Return that is inconsistent with the treatment of the Distribution as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code.
          (b) WALTER RESTRICTIONS. Walter agrees that it will not take or fail to take, or permit any Walter Affiliate to take or fail to take, any action where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation that relates to facts or matters related to Walter (or any Walter Affiliate) or within the control of Walter and is contained in an Officer’s Certificate, Tax Opinion, Supplemental Tax Opinion, Ruling Documents, Supplemental Ruling Documents, Ruling, or Supplemental Ruling. For this purpose an action is considered inconsistent with a representation if the representation states that there is no plan or intention to take such action. Walter agrees that it will not take (and it will cause the Walter Affiliates to refrain from taking) any position on a Tax Return that is inconsistent with the treatment of the Distribution as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code.
          (c) CERTAIN SPINCO ACTIONS FOLLOWING THE DISTRIBUTION. Spinco agrees that, during the 2-year period following the Distribution, without first obtaining, at Spinco’s own expense, either a supplemental opinion from Tax Counsel that such action will not result in Distribution Taxes (a “Supplemental Tax Opinion”) or a Supplemental Ruling that such action will not result in Distribution Taxes, unless in any such case Walter and Spinco agree in writing otherwise, Spinco shall not (1) sell all or substantially all of the assets of Spinco or any Spinco Affiliate, (2) merge Spinco or any Spinco Affiliate with another entity, without regard to which party is the surviving entity, (3) transfer any assets of Spinco in a transaction described in Section 351 (other than a transfer to a corporation which files a consolidated return with Spinco and which is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by Spinco) or subparagraph (C) or (D) of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code, (4) issue stock of Spinco or any Spinco Affiliate (or any instrument that is convertible or exchangeable into any such stock) in an acquisition or public or private offering, or (5) facilitate or otherwise participate in any acquisition of stock in Spinco that would result in any shareholder owning five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding stock of Spinco. Spinco or any Spinco Affiliate shall only undertake any of such actions after Walter’s receipt of such Supplemental Tax Opinion or Supplemental Ruling and pursuant to the terms and conditions of any such Supplemental Tax Opinion or Supplemental Ruling or as otherwise consented to in writing in advance by Walter. The parties hereby agree that they will act in


 

14

good faith to take all reasonable steps necessary to amend this Section 4.2(c), from time to time, by mutual agreement, to (i) add certain actions to the list contained herein, or (ii) remove certain actions from the list contained herein, in either case, in order to reflect any relevant change in law, regulation or administrative interpretation occurring after the date of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall in any way prevent or prohibit Spinco from consummating the Merger.
          (d) NOTICE OF SPECIFIED TRANSACTIONS. Not later than 30 days prior to entering into any oral or written contract or agreement, and not later than 5 days after it first becomes aware of any negotiations, plan or intention (regardless of whether it is a party to such negotiations, plan or intention), regarding any of the transactions described in Section 4.2(c) of this Agreement, Spinco shall provide written notice of its intent to consummate such transaction or the negotiations, plan or intention of which it becomes aware, as the case may be, to Walter.
          4.3 DISTRIBUTION TAXES. The parties have set forth how certain Tax matters with respect to a Distribution would be handled. Notwithstanding Section 3 of this Agreement, this Section 4.3 shall govern with respect to any and all Distribution Taxes whenever imposed.
          (a) WALTER’S LIABILITY FOR DISTRIBUTION TAXES. Walter and each Walter Affiliate shall be jointly and severally liable for any Distribution Taxes, to the extent that such Distribution Taxes are attributable to, caused by, or result from, one or more of the following:
     (1) any action or omission by Walter (or any Walter Affiliate) inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation related to Walter, any Walter Affiliate, or the Walter Business in an Officer’s Certificate, Tax Opinion, Supplemental Tax Opinion, Ruling Documents, Supplemental Ruling Documents, Ruling, or Supplemental Ruling (for the avoidance of doubt, disclosure of any action or fact that is inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation submitted to Tax Counsel, the IRS, or other Tax Authority, as applicable, in connection with an Officer’s Certificate, Tax Opinion, Supplemental Tax Opinion, Ruling Documents, Supplemental Ruling Documents, Ruling, or Supplemental Ruling shall not relieve Walter (or any Walter Affiliate) of liability under this Agreement);
     (2) any action or omission by Walter (or any Walter Affiliate), including a cessation, transfer to affiliates, or disposition of its active trades or businesses, or an issuance of stock, stock buyback or payment of an extraordinary dividend by Walter (or any Walter Affiliate) following the Distribution;
     (3) any acquisition of any stock or assets of Walter (or any Walter Affiliate) by one or more other persons (other than Spinco or a Spinco Affiliate) prior to or following the Distribution; or
     (4) any issuance of stock by Walter (or any Walter Affiliate).
          (b) SPINCO’S LIABILITY FOR DISTRIBUTION TAXES. Spinco and each Spinco Affiliate shall be jointly and severally liable for any Distribution Taxes, to the extent that such Distribution Taxes are attributable to, caused by, or result from, one or more of the following:


 

15

     (1) any action or omission by Spinco (or any Spinco Affiliate) after the Distribution at any time, that is inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation related to Spinco or WMC, or any Spinco Affiliate or WMC Affiliate, or the Spinco Business or the WMC Business, in an Officer’s Certificate, Tax Opinion, Supplemental Tax Opinion, Ruling Documents, Supplemental Ruling Documents, Ruling, or Supplemental Ruling (for the avoidance of doubt, disclosure by Spinco (or any Spinco Affiliate) to Walter (or any Walter Affiliate) of any action or fact that is inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation submitted to Tax Counsel, the IRS, or other Tax Authority, as applicable, in connection with an Officer’s Certificate, Tax Opinion, Supplemental Tax Opinion, Ruling Documents, Supplemental Ruling Documents, Ruling, or Supplemental Ruling shall not relieve Spinco (or any Spinco Affiliate) of liability under this Agreement);
     (2) any action or omission by Spinco (or any Spinco Affiliate) after the date of the Distribution (including any act or omission that is in furtherance of, connected to, or part of a plan or series of related transactions (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) occurring on or prior to the date of the Distribution) including a cessation, transfer to affiliates or disposition of the active trades or businesses of Spinco (or any Spinco Affiliate), stock buyback or payment of an extraordinary dividend (other than the payment of the Taxable Dividend);
     (3) any acquisition (other than the Merger, and for the avoidance of doubt, other than in connection with the Taxable Dividend) of any stock (or limited liability company interests) or assets of Spinco (or any Spinco Affiliate) by one or more other persons (other than Walter or any Walter Affiliate) prior to or following the Distribution; or
     (4) any issuance of stock (or limited liability company interests) by Spinco (or any Spinco Affiliate) after the Distribution, including any issuance pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or other employment related arrangements or the exercise of warrants, other than in connection with the Taxable Dividend.
        (c) JOINT LIABILITY FOR REMAINING DISTRIBUTION TAXES. Walter and each Walter Affiliate shall be liable for a percentage of any Distribution Taxes (not otherwise allocated by Sections 4.3(a) or (b) of this Agreement) equal to the quotient of (i) Walter’s Market Valuation, divided by (ii) the sum of (x) Walter’s Market Valuation, and (y) Spinco’s Market Valuation. Spinco and each Spinco Affiliate shall be jointly and severally liable for a percentage of any Distribution Taxes (not otherwise allocated by Sections 4.3(a) or (b) of this Agreement) equal to the quotient of (i) Spinco’s Market Valuation, divided by (ii) the sum of (x) Walter’s Market Valuation, and (y) Spinco’s Market Valuation.
     SECTION 5. EARNINGS AND PROFITS ADJUSTMENTS
          5.1 NOTICE. Walter shall notify Spinco within 75 days of an E+P Adjustment.
          5.2 REIMBURSEMENT.
          (a) IN GENERAL. To the extent that Spinco is required to pay an Additional Taxable Dividend, Walter shall pay Spinco an amount in cash equal to the lesser of (i) the Additional Taxable Dividend actually paid by Spinco multiplied by the percentage of the Taxable Dividend that was paid in cash and (ii) the amount of such Additional Taxable Dividend actually paid in cash.


 

16

     (b) TIMING. Such payment shall be made no later than 2 business days after the date on which such Additional Taxable Dividend is made.
     SECTION 6. MISCELLANEOUS
          6.1 TERM. All rights and obligations arising hereunder shall survive until they are fully effectuated or performed provided that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall remain in effect and its provisions shall survive for the full period of all applicable statutes of limitation (giving effect to any extension, waiver or mitigation thereof).
          6.2 ALLOCATIONS. (a) IN GENERAL. All computations with respect to any Pre-Distribution Period shall be made pursuant to the principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b), taking into account such elections thereunder as Walter, in its sole discretion, shall make.
     (b) TAX ASSETS. Walter shall advise Spinco in writing within 90 days after the filing of the Consolidated Return for the taxable year that includes the Distribution Date of the allocation of any Tax Assets among Walter, each Walter Affiliate, Spinco, and each Spinco Affiliate. The parties hereby agree that, for purposes of determining such allocation, Walter shall be free to use any legally permissible method of allocation in its sole discretion.
          6.3 FINAL DETERMINATIONS. Spinco and the Spinco Affiliates agree to be bound by (and to report its Taxes consistently with) any Final Determination relating to Spinco, any Spinco Affiliate, WMC and any WMC Affiliate for any Pre-Distribution Period (or portion thereof ending on the Distribution Date), even if such Final Determination affects a Post-Distribution Period (or portion of a Pre-Distribution Period beginning after the Distribution Date).
          6.4 CHANGES IN LAW. Any reference to a provision of the Code or a similar law of another jurisdiction shall include a reference to any successor provision to such provision.
          6.5 CONFIDENTIALITY. Each party shall hold and cause its advisors and consultants to hold in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of its counsel, by other requirements of law, all information (other than any such information relating solely to the business or affairs of such party) concerning the other parties hereto furnished it by such other party or its representatives pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (a) previously known by the party to which it was furnished, (b) in the public domain through no fault of such party, or (c) later lawfully acquired from other sources not under a duty of confidentiality by the party to which it was furnished), and each party shall not release or disclose such information to any other person, except its auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers and other consultants who shall be advised of and agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 6.5. Each party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold confidential information concerning or supplied by the other party if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve confidentiality for its own similar information.
          6.6 SUCCESSORS. This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor, by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise, to any of the parties hereto


 

17

(including any successor of Walter and Spinco succeeding to the tax attributes of such party under Section 381 of the Code), to the same extent as if such successor had been an original party, and shall apply after the Merger to Walter Investment Management Corporation as successor to Spinco.
          6.7 AUTHORIZATION, ETC. Each of the parties hereto hereby represents and warrants that it has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such party, that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such party and that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party does not contravene or conflict with any provision of law or of its charter or bylaws or any agreement, instrument or order binding on such party.
          6.8 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements.
          6.9 SECTION CAPTIONS. Section captions used in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
          6.10 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to laws and principles relating to conflicts of law.
          6.11 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
          6.12 WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS. This Agreement shall not be waived, amended or otherwise modified except in writing, duly executed by all of the parties hereto.
          6.13 SEVERABILITY. In case any one or more of the provisions in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof will not in any way be effected or impaired thereby.
          6.14 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and each Walter Affiliate and Spinco Affiliate and should not be deemed to confer upon third parties any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other rights in excess of those existing without this Agreement.
          6.15 OTHER REMEDIES. Spinco recognizes that any failure by it or any Spinco Affiliate (and WMC or any WMC Affiliates) to comply with its obligations under Section 4 of this Agreement would result in Distribution Taxes that would cause irreparable harm to Walter, Walter Affiliates, and their stockholders. Accordingly, Walter shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which Walter is entitled at law or in equity.


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.
         
  WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC.
on behalf of itself and the Walter Affiliates
 
 
  By:   /s/ Victor P. Patrick     
  Name:   Victor P. Patrick   
  Title: Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel   
 
  WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC,
on behalf of itself and the Spinco Affiliates
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark J. O’Brien     
  Name:   Mark J. O’Brien   
  Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
 

 

Exhibit 10.1.9
Walter Industries, Inc.
Walter Investment Management LLC

JOINT LITIGATION AGREEMENT
      THIS JOINT LITIGATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made between Walter Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ WLT ”), and Walter Investment Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ WIMLLC ” and, together with WLT, the “ Principals ”), and by each of them for their respective subsidiaries (the “ Subsidiary Parties ” and, together with the Principals, the “ Parties ”), and the Parties’ respective directors, officers, partners, employees, advisors, affiliates, representatives and agents (“ Representatives ”), all to the extent reflected in this Agreement, effective as of April 17, 2009 (the “ Distribution Date ”).
      WHEREAS, WLT owns all the limited liability company units of WIMLLC;
      WHEREAS, WLT, JWH Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ JWHHC ”), WIMLLC and Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“ Hanover ”), are party to that certain Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger (as further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which in connection with related transactions, (i) certain assets and businesses of JWHHC will be acquired by WLT and transferred to WIMLLC, (ii) prior to the Effective Time on the Closing Date, WLT shall distribute all of the outstanding limited liability company interests in WIMLLC to WLT’s stockholders (such time of the distribution, the “Distribution ” or the “ Distribution Date ”) and (iii) at the Effective Time, WIMLLC shall merge into Hanover, with Hanover being the Surviving Corporation following the Merger. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement;
      WHEREAS, the Parties have been involved in, or may in the future be involved in, pending or potential claims and litigation made by third parties unaffiliated with the Principals, including, without limitation, claims and litigation specifically referred to herein and in the schedules hereto (collectively referred to as “ Litigation ”) that involve or could potentially involve Parties that will not be affiliated with each other after the Distribution;
      WHEREAS, the Parties and their Representatives have developed a substantial amount of evidence and work product relating to the Litigation and have, prior to the effective date of the Distribution, engaged in communications that are protected by the attorney work product, attorney-client, and joint defense privileges;
      WHEREAS, the Parties and their Representatives currently share certain information that is protected as confidential, or under attorney-client privileges, or as attorney work product, and the Parties agree that after the Distribution such information should continue to be treated as confidential, or protected by attorney work product or attorney-client privileges;

1


 

      WHEREAS, the Parties are willing to, and are willing to cause their respective Representatives to, provide access to such evidence and work product on certain conditions; and
      WHEREAS, the Parties desire to allocate responsibilities for the Litigation as provided herein and to share insurance coverages and indemnification from third parties that may be available to the Parties;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and of the mutual agreements and for other good and valuable consideration hereinafter set forth, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:
1. Statement of Intent . The Parties acknowledge that the intent of the Distribution will be to separate the mortgage lending, mortgage servicing and insurance businesses of WIMLLC from the homebuilding, coal mining, natural gas and other businesses of WLT. The Parties note that such businesses are, and have historically been, unique and separate businesses, and that it is the intent of the Parties that the Litigation referred to herein, and any subsequent Litigation related to any of the businesses of any of the Parties, should be allocated as much as possible to the type of business out of which the Litigation arose. Thus, it is the intent of the Parties that WIMLLC and its Subsidiary Parties be responsible for all Litigation arising from the mortgage lending, mortgage servicing and insurance business of WIMLLC, and that WLT and its Subsidiary Parties be responsible for all Litigation arising from the homebuilding, coal mining, natural gas and other businesses, including the business of Cardem Insurance Co. Ltd. (except to the extent such Litigation relates to and arises from the mortgage lending, mortgage servicing or insurance businesses of WIMLLC), and that Litigation that relates to both WIMLLC and WLT businesses shall be allocated and shared as agreed to by the Principals, or as determined by the Arbitrator as set out below.
2. Allocation of Responsibility for Litigation and Claims .
  (a)   Schedule A Litigation . WLT shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless WIMLLC and its Subsidiary Parties and its and their Representatives as of and following the effective time of the Distribution (the “ WIMLLC Corporate Entities ”), from and against any costs, expenses and damages assessed as a result of the Litigation listed on Schedule A hereto. Such Litigation shall be referred to herein as the “ Schedule A Litigation ”.
 
  (b)   Schedule B Litigation . WIMLLC shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless WLT and its Subsidiary Parties and its and their Representatives as of and following the effective time of the Distribution (the “ WLT Corporate Entities ”), from and against any costs, expenses and damages assessed as a result of the Litigation listed on Schedule B hereto. Such Litigation shall be referred to herein as the “ Schedule B Litigation ”.
 
  (c)   Schedule C Litigation . The Parties shall share the costs, expenses and damages assessed as a result of the Litigation listed on Schedule C hereto, according to

2


 

      the allocations set out in Schedule C hereto, or, if no allocations have been agreed between the Principals, then in such amounts as the Principals may agree in the future, or as their interests in the Litigation may ultimately be decided (the “ Allocated Share ”). Such Litigation shall be referred to herein as the “ Schedule C Litigation ”.
3. Future Litigation .
  (a)   With respect to future Litigation, as soon as practicable after the identification of such Litigation by any Party, the Principals and any other relevant Party shall consult in good faith for the purpose of securing an agreement between the Principals regarding an appropriate allocation of responsibility for such Litigation among the Parties in accordance with the statement of intent set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Parties that the responsibility for the Litigation be assumed fully by one Party, or that the Principals agree to allocate responsibility for such Litigation among the Parties in the same fashion as envisioned for the Schedule C Litigation.
 
  (b)   If the Principals are unable to allocate responsibility for any Litigation within a reasonable period of time following identification of such Litigation, but in any event by the earlier to occur of (x) the date by which action must be taken in connection with such Litigation to avoid prejudice to one of the Parties in connection therewith or (y) the 30th day after identification of the Litigation, then the Principals may agree that such allocations shall be as determined by any third party (such as an outside law firm) who has been granted authority by the Principals to determine such allocation, or any party may elect to cause any such allocation of responsibility to be determined by an Arbitrator as described in Section 9 hereof.
4. Fees and Expenses .
  (a)   Except as provided herein or otherwise agreed among the Principals, the Parties agree to pay their own expenses in connection with any Litigation, including attorneys’ fees and the fees and expenses of their respective affiliates and agents.
 
  (b)   WLT shall be responsible for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with the Schedule A Litigation, including the costs of depositions, testimony and discovery imposed on WIMLLC and its Subsidiary Parties and their respective Representatives. For the avoidance of doubt, WIMLLC and its Subsidiary Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Representatives to, bear the costs of their respective internal legal counsel and other personnel.
 
  (c)   WIMLLC shall be responsible for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with the Schedule B Litigation, including the costs of depositions, testimony and discovery imposed on WLT and its Subsidiary Parties and their

3


 

      respective Representatives. For the avoidance of doubt, WLT and its Subsidiary Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Representatives to, bear the costs of their respective internal legal counsel and other personnel.
 
  (d)   Except as provided on Schedule C, each of the Principals agrees to share the expenses of the Schedule C Litigation in proportion to their Allocated Share, with each bearing their own expenses as they are incurred, sharing (in proportion to their Allocated Share) other more extraordinary expenses (such as expert witness fees), and then reconciling their expenses incurred for their common benefit when any Litigation is finally concluded or at such other time as agreed by the Principals.
 
  (e)   The Principals shall regularly discuss the need for payments hereunder, or to offset the payments incurred by the Subsidiary Parties. Unless otherwise agreed by the Principals, with respect to any specific Litigation or series of related Litigations, no payments hereunder are required until the amount to be paid is greater than $10,000 (unless the Principals agree on a final settlement of the amounts to be paid in respect of such Litigation or series of related Litigations under this Agreement), or until the amount owed to either Principal (including, for this purpose, its Subsidiary Parties and its and their Representatives) hereunder exceeds $50,000. The Principals shall consult with each other at least once each quarter during the first year following the execution of this Agreement and semi-annually thereafter regarding any payments required or proposed to be made hereunder and any proposed modification of the terms of this Agreement or the schedules hereto.
 
  (f)   Any amounts owing hereunder shall, to the extent not paid within 30 days after any agreement by the Principals regarding payment, bear interest at the Prime Rate until such amounts are paid in full. As used herein, “Prime Rate” shall mean the fluctuating interest rate announced from time to time as published in the Wall Street Journal as the U.S. Prime Rate .
     5.  Protection of Information .
  (a)   For purposes of this Agreement, the Parties record that they have a common interest in the Litigation, recognizing that they were under common control and ownership in connection with prior actions and communications with respect to the Litigation.
 
  (b)   The Parties agree to share evidence and work product in connection with the Litigation, including with their respective counsel, provided, however, that in the event of disagreements regarding whether to settle any Litigation, the Parties shall be free to settle any such Litigation, provided that the work product, evidence, privileged materials and confidential information retained by the settling Party shall not be shared with any third parties without the consent of any Party that would have the right to prevent the disclosure of any such

4


 

      information had the Distribution not occurred.
 
  (c)   Each Party agrees to protect, and shall cause its Representatives to protect, any work product, evidence, privileged materials and confidential information related to the Litigation against disclosure as if it were their own information and to assert the joint litigation privilege as a bar to the production of any such information.
     6.  Prior Coverages and Indemnification .
  (a)   Prior Coverage
  (i)   With respect to Litigation or other liabilities against a Party and its Representatives (such Party, an “Exposed Entity”) that are or may be, in the reasonable judgment of the Principal that is affiliated with such Exposed Entity, covered by insurance policies held by an unaffiliated Party or by indemnification otherwise available to an unaffiliated Party (a “Covered Entity”) in respect of periods prior to the Distribution Date (“Prior Coverage”), such Exposed Entity may pursue, or, to the extent possible, such Covered Entity shall be authorized to pursue, claims in respect of such Litigation or other liabilities on behalf of the Exposed Entity in the amounts and in accordance with the terms of such Prior Coverage, provided that such claims relate to matters that arose on or prior to the Distribution Date. Each Principal affiliated with a Covered Entity agrees that it will not, and will not permit any affiliate (including any Covered Entity) to, terminate any Prior Coverage without the other Principal’s consent. Promptly upon receipt of the proceeds of any such Prior Coverage resulting from such claims, the Covered Entity shall cause such proceeds to be paid to the Exposed Entity; provided that the amount of such proceeds paid by the Covered Entity to the Exposed Entity shall be, without duplication, (i) reduced by the amount of any fees and expenses reasonably incurred, or incurred with the Exposed Entity’s written consent, by the Covered Entity in pursuit of such claims, (ii) adjusted in good faith by the Covered Entity to reflect the present value of any increased fees and expenses associated with continuing to maintain the policy or indemnity from which the Prior Coverage arises that is attributable to the pursuit of such claim and (iii) adjusted in good faith by the Covered Entity to reflect any likely benefit to the Covered Entity attributable to the pursuit of such claim including, without limitation, any estimated benefits associated with the satisfaction of a deductible under any policy or indemnity providing the Prior Coverage.
 
  (ii)   Any Covered Entity pursuing a claim for Prior Coverage will, or will cause its affiliates to, diligently pursue all claims for Prior Coverage at the Exposed Entity’s expense, provided that in no event shall the

5


 

      Covered Entity be obligated to litigate or pursue any other extraordinary remedies against any insurer or indemnitor, except as provided in (iii) below. The Principals agree to consult in good faith with respect to the pursuit of any claim for Prior Coverage hereunder. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, take all reasonable and necessary steps not inconsistent with its or their own interests to maintain the availability of Prior Coverage to the Parties and their Representatives.
 
  (iii)   If the Principal affiliated with an Exposed Entity, in its sole discretion, determines that it is necessary to pursue litigation or make a claim for Prior Coverage against any insurer or indemnitor in order to protect its and its affiliates’ and Representatives’ rights hereunder with respect to any claim, it shall so advise the Principal affiliated with the applicable Covered Entity, and the Principal affiliated with the Exposed Entity, the Exposed Entity and their respective Representatives may pursue such litigation or claim.
  (c)   WIMLLC Policies
 
      WLT shall cause to be transferred all stand-alone insurance policies applicable to WIMLLC and its subsidiaries, subject to insurance company approval and agreement to transfer.
  (d)   First Come/First Served
 
      The Parties acknowledge that the provisions set forth in Section 6(a) hereof could result in the exhaustion of Prior Coverage policy or indemnity limits by one or a small number of Exposed Parties as a result of the “first come/first served” nature of the provision. With respect to the application of the provisions set forth in Section 6(a), the Parties agree to, and shall cause their respective Representatives to, act in good faith and to avoid taking any actions for the purpose of, or with the intention of, accelerating or delaying claims payments or losses in order to obtain some advantage vis-à-vis the other Parties and their Representatives in connection with the Prior Coverage, including, without limitation, anticipated exhaustion of applicable Prior Coverage limits and the anticipated costs associated with satisfying Prior Coverage deductible requirements. In addition, the Parties shall not, and shall cause their Representatives not to, enter into any written settlement agreement with any insurer that has the effect of reducing Prior Coverage limits or increasing Prior Coverage deductibles, including “tipping basket” deductibles that would otherwise be potentially available under this Agreement to any Party and its Representatives without first giving the affected Party at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of its intention to enter into such settlement accompanied by a copy of the proposed settlement so that the other Party may have an opportunity to consider the impact of such proposed settlement on its interests and those of its Representatives. The Parties agree to, and shall cause their

6


 

      respective Representatives to, consult with each other and negotiate in good faith about such impacts.
7. Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . For the six-year period commencing immediately after the Distribution Date, WLT shall maintain in effect WLT’s current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies providing coverage for acts or omissions occurring prior to the Distribution Date with respect to those Persons who are currently covered by WLT’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy on terms and at limits no less favorable to WIMLLC’s current and former directors and officers currently covered by policies in effect on the Distribution Date; provided that, if WLT’s current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance expires, is terminated or is canceled during such six-year period, WLT shall obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering such acts or omissions with respect to each such Person on terms and at limits no less favorable to WIMLLC’s directors and officers currently covered by policies in effect immediately prior to the date of such expiration, termination or cancellation (the “Existing D&O Policy”); provided further, that: (i) WLT may substitute for the Existing D&O Policy a policy or policies of comparable coverage, including a “tail” insurance policy; and (ii) WLT shall not be required to pay annual premiums for any substitute or “tail” policies in excess of two times the annual premiums paid for the Existing D&O Policy as of the Distribution Date (the “Maximum Premium”). In the event any future annual premiums for the Existing D&O Policy (or any substitute policies) exceed the Maximum Premium, WLT shall be entitled to reduce the amount of coverage of the Existing D&O Policy (or any substitute or “tail” policies) to the amount of coverage that can be obtained for a premium equal to the Maximum Premium. This Section is intended to benefit each of the current and former directors and officers of WIMLLC covered by the Existing D&O Policy as of the Distribution Date, and shall be enforceable by each such Person and his or her heirs and representatives.
     8.  Further Assurances .
  (a)   Each Party shall, and shall cause its respective Representatives to (i) cooperate with each other Party and its Representatives, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all appropriate actions required of such Party and its Representatives hereunder, (iii) do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the execution of additional documents or instruments of any kind and the obtaining of consents that, in each case, may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the provisions hereof) and (iv) take all such other actions as may be reasonably requested by another Party, for itself and its Representatives, from time to time consistent with and in furtherance of the terms of this Agreement. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, furnish to the other Parties all information and documentation as may reasonably be required in the pursuit of any Litigation or litigation under this Section. Each Principal shall regularly, and in any event no less frequently than quarterly or as otherwise agreed by the Principals, consult with the other with

7


 

      respect to any Litigation, and each Principal shall promptly advise the other as to any material developments. Each of the Principals shall take all action reasonably required to ensure that any former subsidiary shall have access to the Prior Coverage following any merger or liquidation of either of the Principals.
 
  (b)   By way of enumeration and not of limitation, each Party shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, upon the reasonable request of any other Party (whether for itself or on behalf of its Representatives), promptly: (i) provide copies of insurance policies or evidence of the existence of insurance to any other Party; (ii) provide information reasonably necessary or helpful to any other Party and its Representatives (including, without limitation, currently valued loss runs on an annual basis for all lines of insurance for five calendar years after the Distribution Date) in connection with any requesting Party’s efforts to obtain insurance coverage; (iii) provide information to any other Party regarding amounts applied to the limits of policies or self-insured retentions potentially applicable to both, and the basis for the application of such amounts to such limits, so that each Party can monitor the exhaustion of such limits; and (iv) execute further reasonable assignments or allow any other Party to reasonably pursue reasonable claims in its name (subject to rights of participation and consultation in respect of the pursuit of such claims) at the sole expense of the requesting Party, including by means of arbitration or litigation, to the extent necessary or helpful to the other Party’s efforts to obtain Prior Coverage to which it or its Representatives are entitled under this Agreement.
 
  (c)   Each Party shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, reimburse each other for out-of-pocket costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with providing cooperation and assistance to the other pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement.
     9.  Arbitration .
  (a)   Commencement . In the event of any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof (a “Dispute”), including without limitation a breach, default, misrepresentation or failure to agree pursuant to any provision which expressly requires agreement among the Parties, the disputing Party shall notify the other relevant Parties and the Principals of, and shall describe in reasonable detail, the Dispute, and shall indicate in such notice that such disputing Party wishes to resolve such Dispute by mediation or arbitration. If the relevant Parties are unable to reach a mutually acceptable resolution of the Dispute within thirty (30) days of the receipt of notice by the relevant Parties, any of the relevant Parties may elect to submit the Dispute for final, binding settlement by arbitration by a single arbitrator (the “Arbitrator”) by delivering a notice of such election to each of the other relevant Parties and by requesting from the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution (“CPR”), simultaneously with or as soon as reasonably practical (and in no event more than ten (10) days) following

8


 

      delivery of such notice of election, a list of qualified arbitrators pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 9.
 
  (b)   Rules of Arbitration . Such arbitration shall be presided over by a sole arbitrator (the “Arbitrator”), appointed by mutual agreement of the relevant Parties from a list proposed by CPR in response to the request described in paragraph (a) of this Section 9 of no less than 10 members of the CPR Panels of Distinguished Neutrals qualified to arbitrate the Dispute. If the relevant Parties are unable to agree upon a sole arbitrator prior to the later to occur of (i) the thirtieth (30 th ) day after receipt by the all relevant Parties of the notice of intent to arbitrate and (ii) the tenth (10 th ) day after receipt by the relevant Parties of a proposed list of arbitrators from CPR, the sole arbitrator shall be chosen by CPR in accordance with Article 6 of the 2007 CPR Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration (the “Rules”).
 
  (c)   Arbitration Procedure . The place and situs of arbitration shall be Tampa, Florida, or such other location as the relevant Parties may agree to. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Rules. The parties agree to facilitate the arbitration by (i) making available to each other and to the Arbitrator for inspection and extraction all documents, books and records as the Arbitrator shall determine to be relevant to the dispute, (ii) making personnel under their control available to other parties and the Arbitrator and (iii) observing strictly the time periods established by the Arbitrator for the submission of evidence and pleadings. The Arbitrator may impose sanctions in its discretion to enforce compliance with discovery and other obligations imposed by the Arbitrator and the Rules. Once the Arbitrator has been selected, such arbitration shall be the exclusive manner pursuant to which any Dispute shall or may be resolved except by mutual agreement of the relevant Parties. The Arbitrator shall have the power to render declaratory judgments in accordance with the Rules, to grant, temporary, preliminary and permanent relief, including, without limitation, injunctive relief and specific performance, as well as to award monetary claims or to render claims that the Arbitrator deems equitable and just, provided that the Arbitrator shall not have the power to act (x) outside the prescribed scope of this Agreement, or (y) without providing an opportunity to each Party to be represented before the Arbitrator. The Arbitrator shall endeavor to render final decisions in writing within sixty (60) days of the selection of the Arbitrator.
 
  (d)   Arbitration Award; Enforcement . The Arbitrator’s final decision shall be delivered in writing to each of the relevant Parties. The Arbitrator may allocate the costs and expenses of the proceedings between the relevant Parties and shall award interest as the Arbitrator deems appropriate. The arbitration judgment shall be final and binding on each of the relevant Parties. Judgment on the Arbitrator’s award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction by any of the relevant Parties.

9


 

  10.   Immunities . This Agreement may not be introduced in any court to establish any fact of this Agreement except to permit any Party hereto to secure its rights and the rights of its Representatives under this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement have been reached as a settlement between the Parties and its terms are without prejudice to the ability of any Party hereto to assert claims against any third party, or defend itself against claims asserted it by any third party.
 
  11.   Authority . Each Principal represents and warrants that it has the right, power and authority to enter into this Joint Litigation Agreement, and to cause its affiliates, including, without limitation, its Subsidiary Parties, and its Representatives to abide by this Agreement to the extent necessary to enforce the terms hereof as fully as if they were signatories to this Agreement.
 
  12.   Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified by the mutual written agreement of the Principals, and all parties who derive rights under this Agreement shall be bound by such written agreement. This Agreement may not be discharged except by performance in accordance with its terms or by a writing signed by the Party that would otherwise benefit from such performance if properly discharged.
 
  13.   Assignments. This Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Principals and their respective Subsidiary Parties, and each Party hereto acknowledges and consents to the assignment, by operation of law or otherwise, of this Agreement to the successor in interest of WIMLLC pursuant to the Merger, and this Agreement shall remain binding and in full force and effect following the Merger.
 
  14.   Third Party Rights . This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefit upon any person or entity other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
  15.   Legal Enforceability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be declared to be invalid, unenforceable or void, such declaration shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement, it being the intent and agreement of the Parties that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to render it valid, legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if such modification is not possible, by substituting therefor another provision that is valid, legal and enforceable and that achieves the same objective. Any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate, render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
  16.   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein. Each of the Parties hereby waive personal service of

10


 

      any and all process upon it and consent that all such service of process may be made by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to the Principal affiliated with such Party at its address set forth on the signature pages below, and service so made shall be deemed to be completed three (3) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the U.S. Mails, or on one day following delivery by email or by telecopy as provided below, with evidence of delivery, provided that any delivery by email or telecopy shall be followed by a telephone call alerting the recipient to the notice being so delivered.
[Signature pages to follow]

11


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties hereto has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
                 
WALTER INDUSTRIES, INC.       WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC
 
               
Signature:
  /s/ Victor P. Patrick       Signature:   /s/ Mark J. O’Brien
 
               
Name:
  Victor P. Patrick       Name:   Mark J. O’Brien
Title:
  Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer Officer       Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
Address:
  4211 W. Boy Scout Boulevard
Tampa, FL 33607
      Address:   4211 W. Boy Scout Blvd., 4 th Floor
Tampa, FL 33607
Facsimile:
  813-871-4420       Facsimile:   813-871-4420

12

Exhibit 10.1.14
JOINT DIRECTION AND RELEASE
     THIS JOINT DIRECTION AND RELEASE, dated as of April 17, 2009 (this “ Joint Direction and Release ”), is entered into by and among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc . (the “ Company ”), Hanover Statutory Trust I (the “ Trust ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association) , as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have entered into that certain Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of March 15, 2005 (the “ Indenture ”), pursuant to which the Company’s junior subordinated debt securities (the “ Debt Securities ”) were issued to the Trust;
     WHEREAS, the Company, Chase Bank USA, National Association (as Delaware trustee), the administrative trustees and the Trustee have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005 (the “ Trust Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Trust issued Preferred Securities and Common Securities (as such terms are defined in the Trust Agreement);
     WHEREAS, the Company and Taberna Preferred Funding I, Ltd. (“Taberna”), the sole holder of the Preferred Securities, have entered into an Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2008, as amended on February 6, 2009 (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay $2,250,000 to Taberna in exchange for the transfer by Taberna of the Preferred Securities of the Trust held by Taberna (the “ Exchange ”) to the Company;
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.10 of the Trust Agreement, under certain circumstances a holder of Preferred Securities is entitled to surrender Preferred Securities held by it to the Trustee for cancellation, and pursuant to Section 3.8 of the Indenture, under certain circumstances the Company is entitled to surrender Debt Securities held by it to the Trustee for cancellation;
     WHEREAS, the Exchange occurred on April 17, 2009, with Taberna and the Company agreeing, among other items, in the Exchange Agreement that all obligations under the Preferred Securities are deemed fully discharged, and Taberna agreeing to surrender and forfeit any right, title and interest in and to any payments or principal, interest or any other amounts due and payable under the Preferred Securities whether or not any of such payments are due or accrued or unpaid, and released the Company and other persons from any liability under the Preferred Securities; and
     WHEREAS, the Company, as beneficial owner of the Preferred Securities, and the Trust, desire that all of the Preferred Securities in an aggregate amount of $20,000,000 be cancelled, and that all of the Common Securities in an aggregate amount of $619,000 and all of the Debt Securities in an aggregate amount of $20,619,000 be cancelled.

 


 

     NOW THEREFORE, the Company, the Trust and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:
     SECTION 1. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE . Capitalized terms used or referenced in this Joint Direction and Release and not otherwise defined or referenced herein are used herein as defined or referenced in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement.
     SECTION 2. JOINT DIRECTION AND RELEASE . By separate correspondence, the Company has delivered to the Trustee the Preferred Securities. Each of the Company and the Trust hereby (a) consents to the cancellation of the Preferred Securities, the Common Securities and the Debt Securities, (b) directs the Trustee to cancel the Preferred Securities, the Common Securities and the Debt Securities and (c) directs the Trustee to take such actions as may be appropriate to discharge the Indenture and terminate the Trust Agreement. The Company and the Trust hereby release the Trustee from any liability for actions taken in accordance with this Joint Direction and Release.
     SECTION 3. LOST CERTIFICATES . In the event that the Company is unable to locate the certificate(s) representing the Common Securities, it agrees that it will cooperate with the Trustee by providing such certifications and indemnities as may be required by the Trustee to protect the Trustee from any liability resulting from such lost certificate and as may otherwise be requested by the Trustee to facilitate cancellation of the Common Securities.
     SECTION 4. TRUSTEE ACCEPTANCE . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for the validity or sufficiency of this Joint Direction and Release or the due execution hereof by any of the parties hereto or for or in respect of the recitals and statements contained herein, all of which recitals and statements are made solely by the Company.
     SECTION 5. COUNTERPARTS . This Joint Direction and Release shall become effective only upon the Trustee’s receipt of a counterpart of this Joint Direction and Release duly executed by the all of the parties hereto. This Joint Direction and Release may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original for all purposes, but such counterparts shall together be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument. The executed counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission, which facsimile copies shall be deemed original copies.
     SECTION 6. EXPENSES . The Company agrees to promptly pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee in connection with this Joint Direction and Release.
     SECTION 7. GOVERNING LAW . The laws of the State of New York shall govern this Joint Direction and Release without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof.
     SECTION 8. EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND VALIDITY . The Company and the Trust each represents and warrants, solely on its own behalf, to the Trustee that this Joint Direction and Release has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its respective legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Joint Direction and Release to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
  HANOVER CAPITAL MORTGAGE
HOLDINGS, INC.
as Company
 
 
  By:     /s/ John A. Burchett     
    John A. Burchett   
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer 
 
 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:     /s/ Bill Marshall     
    Name:   Bill Marshall   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  HANOVER STATUTORY TRUST I
 
 
  By:    /s/ Irma N. Tavares     
    Name:   Irma N. Tavares   
    Title:   Administrative Trustee   
 

 

Exhibit 10.1.15
DISCHARGE AGREEMENT
     This Agreement is made as of this 17th day of April, 2009 by and between HANOVER CAPITAL MORTGAGE HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Company”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association), as Trustee (the “Trustee”).
     WHEREAS, the Company has issued its $20,619,000 Junior Subordinated Notes due 2035 (the “Securities”) pursuant to a Junior Subordinated Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of March 15, 2005, between the Company and the Trustee;
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Indenture, (i) the Trustee has received for cancellation all of the Securities previously authenticated and delivered under the Indenture (other than Securities that have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen), (ii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by the Company under the Indenture and (iii) the Company has delivered an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with by the Company; and
     WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture;
     NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:
     1. The Trustee hereby acknowledges the full satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the Securities, and the Indenture and the Securities and the estate and rights granted thereunder shall cease to be of further effect, except with respect to any rights and obligations under or referenced in Section 4.1 of the Indenture, which shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
     2. The Company and the Trustee are hereby released from and against all of their respective liabilities, obligations and covenants under the terms of the Indenture and the Securities, subject to the survival of specified provisions as set forth in Paragraph 1 hereof.
     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
         
  HANOVER CAPITAL MORTGAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:        /s/ John A. Burchett     
    John A. Burchett   
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association), as Trustee
 
 
  By:        /s/ Bill Marshall     
    Name:   Bill Marshall   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  AGREED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY:

HANOVER STATUTORY TRUST I
 
 
  By:        /s/ Irma N. Tavares     
    Name:   Irma N. Tavares   
    Title:   Administrative Trustee   
 

 

EXHIBIT 10.1.18
JOINT DIRECTION AND RELEASE
     THIS JOINT DIRECTION AND RELEASE, dated as of April 17, 2009 (this “ Joint Direction and Release ”), is entered into by and among Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc . (the “ Company ”), Hanover Statutory Trust II (the “ Trust ”) and Wilmington Trust Company , as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have entered into that certain Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2005 (the “ Indenture ”), pursuant to which the Company’s junior subordinated debt securities (the “ Debt Securities ”) were issued to the Trust;
     WHEREAS, the Company, the Trustee (in its capacities as Trustee and as Delaware trustee) and the administrators entered into that certain Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of November 4, 2005 (the “ Trust Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Trust issued Capital Securities and Common Securities (as such terms are defined in the Trust Agreement);
     WHEREAS, Amster Trading Company (“ Amster ”) and Ramat Securities, Ltd. (“ Ramat ”), the holders of the Capital Securities, and the Company, have entered into an Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2008, as amended on February 6, 2009 (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay $750,000 to Amster and Ramat and to deliver 6,762,793 duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock of the Company in exchange for the transfer by Amster and Ramat of the Capital Securities of the Trust held by Amster and Ramat (the “ Exchange ”) to the Company;
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Trust Agreement, the Administrators (as such term is defined in the Truste Agreement) are entitled to surrender Capital Securities and Common Securities held by them to the Trustee for cancellation, and pursuant to Section 2.09 of the Indenture, under certain circumstances the Company is entitled to surrender Debt Securities held by it to the Trustee for cancellation;
     WHEREAS, the Exchange occurred on April 17, 2009, with Amster, Ramat and the Company agreeing, among other items, in the Exchange Agreement that all obligations under the Capital Securities are deemed fully discharged, and Amster and Ramat agreed to surrender and forfeit any right, title and interest in and to any payments or principal, interest or any other amounts due and payable under the Capital Securities whether or not any of such payments are due or accrued or unpaid, and released the Company and other persons from any liability under the Capital Securities; and
     WHEREAS, the Company, as beneficial owner of the Capital Securities, and the Trust, desire that all of the Capital Securities in an aggregate amount of $20,000,000 be cancelled, and that all of the Common Securities in an aggregate amount of $620,000 and all of the Debt Securities in an aggregate amount of $20,620,000 be cancelled.
     NOW THEREFORE, the Company, the Trust and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:

 


 

     SECTION 1. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE . Capitalized terms used or referenced in this Joint Direction and Release and not otherwise defined or referenced herein are used herein as defined or referenced in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement.
     SECTION 2. JOINT DIRECTION AND RELEASE . By separate correspondence, the Company has delivered to the Trustee the Capital Securities. Each of the Company and the Trust hereby (a) consents to the cancellation of the Capital Securities, the Common Securities and the Debt Securities, (b) directs the Trustee to cancel the Capital Securities, the Common Securities and the Debt Securities and (c) directs the Trustee to take such actions as may be appropriate to discharge the Indenture and terminate the Trust Agreement. The Company and the Trust hereby release the Trustee from any liability for actions taken in accordance with this Joint Direction and Release.
     SECTION 3. LOST CERTIFICATES . In the event that the Company is unable to locate the certificate(s) representing the Common Securities, it agrees that it will cooperate with the Trustee by providing such certifications and indemnities as may be required by the Trustee to protect the Trustee from any liability resulting from such lost certificate and as may otherwise be requested by the Trustee to facilitate cancellation of the Common Securities.
     SECTION 4. TRUSTEE ACCEPTANCE . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for the validity or sufficiency of this Joint Direction and Release or the due execution hereof by any of the parties hereto or for or in respect of the recitals and statements contained herein, all of which recitals and statements are made solely by the Company.
     SECTION 5. COUNTERPARTS . This Joint Direction and Release shall become effective only upon the Trustee’s receipt of a counterpart of this Joint Direction and Release duly executed by the all of the parties hereto. This Joint Direction and Release may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original for all purposes, but such counterparts shall together be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument. The executed counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission, which facsimile copies shall be deemed original copies.
     SECTION 6. EXPENSES . The Company agrees to promptly pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee in connection with this Joint Direction and Release.
     SECTION 7. GOVERNING LAW . The laws of the State of New York shall govern this Joint Direction and Release without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof.
     SECTION 8. EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND VALIDITY . The Company and the Trust each represents and warrants, solely on its own behalf, to the Trustee that this Joint Direction and Release has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes its respective legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Joint Direction and Release to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
             
    HANOVER CAPITAL MORTGAGE    
    HOLDINGS, INC.    
    as Company    
 
           
 
  By:        /s/ John A. Burchett    
 
     
 
John A. Burchett
Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer
   
 
           
    WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,    
    as Trustee    
 
           
 
  By:         /s/ Michael G. Oller, Jr.
 
Name: Michael G. Oller, Jr.
Title: Assistant Vice President
   
 
           
    HANOVER STATUTORY TRUST II    
 
           
 
  By:        /s/ Irma N. Tavares
 
Name: Irma N. Tavares
Title: Administrator
   

 

Exhibit 10.1.19
DISCHARGE AGREEMENT
     This Agreement is made as of this 17th day of April, 2009 by and between HANOVER CAPITAL MORTGAGE HOLDINGS, INC. (the “ Company ”) and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
     WHEREAS, the Company has issued its $20,620,000 Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2035 (the “ Securities ”) pursuant to an Indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of November 4, 2005, between the Company and the Trustee;
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Indenture, (i) the Trustee has received for cancellation all of the Securities previously authenticated under the Indenture (other than Securities that have been destroyed, lost or stolen), (ii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by the Company under the Indenture and (iii) the Company has delivered an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with by the Company; and
     WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture;
     NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:
     1. The Trustee hereby acknowledges the full satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the Securities, and the Indenture and the Securities and the estate and rights granted thereunder shall cease to be of further effect, except with respect to any rights and obligations under or referenced in Section 12.01 of the Indenture, which shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
     2. The Company and the Trustee are hereby released from and against all of their respective liabilities, obligations and covenants under the terms of the Indenture and the Securities, subject to the survival of specified provisions as set forth in Paragraph 1 hereof.
     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
         
  HANOVER CAPITAL MORTGAGE
HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:         /s/ John A. Burchett     
    John A. Burchett   
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer 
 
 
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
 
 
  By:         /s/ Michael G. Oller     
    Name:   Michael G. Oller   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
  AGREED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY:

HANOVER STATUTORY TRUST II
 
 
  By:         /s/ Irma N. Tavares     
    Name:   Irma N. Tavares   
    Title:   Administrator   
 

 

Exhibit 10.1.25
WALTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
           FIRST : Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.
           SECOND : The following provisions are all the provisions of the charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:
ARTICLE FIRST
NAME
          The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is:
Hanover Capital Mortgage Holdings, Inc.
ARTICLE SECOND
PURPOSE
          The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the “Code”)) for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force. As used herein, “REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
ARTICLE THIRD
PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE
          The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 


 

ARTICLE FOURTH
RESIDENT AGENT
          The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, whose post address is c/o 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.
ARTICLE FIFTH
REIT QUALIFICATION
          If the Corporation elects to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a REIT, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the status of the Corporation as a REIT; however, if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to continue to be qualified as a REIT, the Board of Directors may revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code. The Board of Directors also may determine compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock ownership and transfers set forth in Article NINTH is no longer required for REIT qualification.
ARTICLE SIXTH
STOCK
          (a)  Authorized Shares . The Corporation has authority to issue 100,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 90,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), of which 583,000 shares are designated as Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Participating Preferred Stock”). The aggregate par value of all

2


 

authorized shares of stock having par value is $1,000,000. If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock pursuant to Section (b) of this Article SIXTH, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph.
          (b)  Classification and Reclassification of Stock .
               (1) The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of any series from time to time, in one or more classes or series of stock.
               (2) Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (A) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (B) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (C) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article NINTH and subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (D) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (C) of this subsection (b)(2) may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside this charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or

3


 

events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other Charter document.
          (c) The following is a description of the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the Common Stock of the Corporation:
               (1) Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote, and, except as otherwise provided in respect of any class of stock hereafter classified or reclassified, the exclusive voting power for all purposes shall be vested in the holders of the Common Stock. Shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.
               (2) Subject to the provisions of law and any preferences of any class of stock hereafter classified or reclassified, dividends, or other distributions, including dividends or other distributions payable in shares of another class of the Corporation’s stock, may be paid ratably on the Common Stock at such time and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may deem advisable.
               (3) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled, together with the holders of any other class of stock hereafter classified or reclassified not having a preference on distributions in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, to share ratably in the net assets of the Corporation remaining, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and the amount to

4


 

which the holders of any class of stock hereafter classified or reclassified having a preference on distributions in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be entitled.
          (d) Participating Preferred Stock . Subject in all cases to the provisions of Article NINTH, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the Participating Preferred Stock are:
               (1) The designation of the Participating Preferred Stock is “Participating Preferred Stock.” Each share of Participating Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects with the other shares of Participating Preferred Stock except as to the dates from and after which dividends thereon shall be cumulative.
               (2) The number of shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall initially be 583,000, which number may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number then outstanding) by the Board of Directors. Shares of Participating Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation shall constitute authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock without designation as to series. Shares of Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractional shares, which fractional shares shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional share, to all rights of a holder of a whole share of Participating Preferred Stock.
               (3) The holders of full or fractional shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by the Corporation, but only out of funds legally available therefor, dividends, (A) on each date that dividends or other distributions (other than dividends or distributions payable in Common Stock of the Corporation) are payable on or in respect of Common Stock comprising part of the Reference Package (as defined below), in an amount per whole share of Participating Preferred

5


 

Stock equal to the aggregate amount of dividends or other distributions (other than dividends or distributions payable in Common Stock of the Corporation) that would be payable on such date to a holder of the Reference Package and (B) on the last day of March, June, September and December in each year, in an amount per whole share of Participating Preferred Stock equal to the excess (if any) of $425.00 (the “Base Dividend Amount”) over the aggregate dividends paid per whole share of Participating Preferred Stock during the three month period ending on such last day. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of shares of Participating Preferred Stock on the date, not exceeding sixty days preceding such dividend or distribution payment date, fixed for the purpose by the Board of Directors in advance of payment of each particular dividend or distribution. Dividends on each full and each fractional share of Participating Preferred Stock shall be cumulative from the date such full or fractional share is originally issued; provided that any such full or fractional share originally issued after a dividend record date and on or prior to the dividend payment date to which such record date relates shall not be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such dividend payment date or any amount in respect of the period from such original issuance to such dividend payment date.
          The term “Reference Package” shall mean 10,000 shares of Common Stock.
          Holders of shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of full cumulative dividends, as herein provided on Participating Preferred Stock.
          So long as any shares of Participating Preferred Stock are outstanding, no dividend (other than a dividend in Common Stock or in any other stock ranking junior to the Participating Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation) shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment or other distribution declared or made upon the Common Stock or upon

6


 

any other stock ranking junior to the Participating Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nor shall any Common Stock nor any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on a parity with the Participating Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of any such stock) by the Corporation (except by conversion into or exchange for stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Participating Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation), unless, in each case, the full cumulative dividends (including the dividend to be due upon payment of such dividend, distribution, redemption, purchase or other acquisition) on all outstanding shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall have been, or shall contemporaneously be, paid.
               (4) In the event of any merger, consolidation, reclassification or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per whole share equal to the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, that a holder of the Reference Package would be entitled to receive as a result of such transaction.
               (5) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of full and fractional shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made on any date to the holders of the Common Stock or any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Participating Preferred Stock upon liquidation, to be paid in full an amount per whole share of Participating Preferred Stock equal to the greater of (A) $170,000.00 (the

7


 

“Base Liquidation Amount”) or (B) the aggregate amount distributed or to be distributed prior to such date in connection with such liquidation, dissolution or winding up to a holder of the Reference Package (such greater amount being hereinafter referred to as the “Liquidation Preference”), together with accrued dividends to such distribution or payment date, whether or not earned or declared. If such payment shall have been made in full to all holders of shares of Participating Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Participating Preferred Stock as such shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Corporation.
          In the event the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of shares of Participating Preferred Stock upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full all amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to the first paragraph of this subparagraph (d)(5), no such distribution shall be made on account of any shares of any other class or series of Preferred Stock ranking on a parity with the shares of Participating Preferred Stock upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up unless proportionate distributive amounts shall be paid on account of the shares of Participating Preferred Stock, ratably in proportion to the full distributable amounts for which holders of all such parity shares are respectively entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
          Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Participating Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders all amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to the first paragraph of this subparagraph (d)(5) before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior upon liquidation to the Participating Preferred Stock.

8


 

          For the purposes of this subparagraph (d)(5), the consolidation or merger of, or binding share exchange by, the Corporation with any other corporation shall not be deemed to constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
               (6) The shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.
               (7) In addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, each whole share of Participating Preferred Stock shall, on any matter, vote as a class with any other stock comprising part of the Reference Package and voting on such matter and shall have the number of votes thereon that a holder of the Reference Package would have.
               (8) In the event the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time (other than in connection with the merger of Walter Investment Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Spinco”), with and into the Corporation), (A) declare or pay a dividend on any shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (B) subdivide any shares of Common Stock or (C) combine any Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then and in each such case (X) the Reference Package after such event shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that a holder of the Reference Package immediately prior to such event would hold thereafter as a result thereof and (Y) the Base Dividend Amount and the Base Liquidation Amount shall be similarly adjusted to reflect such dividend, subdivision or combination of shares.
          (e) Charter and By-Laws . The rights of all stockholders and the terms of all stock are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the By-Laws. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws.

9


 

ARTICLE SEVENTH
          (a) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation may be increased or decreased by at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors pursuant to the By-Laws of the Corporation, but shall never be less than the minimum number permitted by the General Laws of the State of Maryland now or hereafter in force.
          (b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any class of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled by a vote of the stockholders or a majority of the entire Board of Directors, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or other cause shall be filled by a vote of the stockholders or a majority of the directors then in office. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall affect the tenure of office of any director.
          (c) Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the Board of Directors shall consist of said directors so elected in addition to the number of directors fixed as provided in paragraph (a) of this Article SEVENTH or in the By-Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise may be required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the terms of the director or directors elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.

10


 

          (d) Subject to the rights of the holders of any class separately entitled to elect one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of capital stock entitled to vote in the election for directors voting together as a single class.
          (e) The directors of the Corporation shall be divided equally (or as nearly as possible) into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III.
          (f) (1) The term of office of Class I shall be until the 1998 annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors shall be elected and have qualified and thereafter shall be for three years and until their successors shall be elected and have qualified; (2) the term of office of Class II shall be until the 1999 annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors shall be elected and have qualified and thereafter shall be for three years and until their successors shall be elected and have qualified; and (3) the term of office of Class III shall be until the 2000 annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors shall be elected and have qualified and thereafter shall be for three years and until their successors shall be elected and have qualified.
ARTICLE EIGHTH
POWERS OF THE CORPORATION, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS;
AMENDMENTS
          (a) Powers of the Corporation, Directors and Stockholders .
               (1)  Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its

11


 

stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or the By-Laws.
               (2)  Preemptive and Appraisal Rights . Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Article SIXTH Section (b) or as may otherwise be provided by a contract approved by the Board of Directors, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”) or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
               (3)  Determinations by Board . The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with the Charter, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from

12


 

operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of stock of the Corporation; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any shares of stock of the Corporation; the number of shares of stock of any class of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or By-Laws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.
               (4) The Corporation shall provide any indemnification permitted by the laws of Maryland and shall indemnify directors, officers, agents and employees as follows: (A) the Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the full extent required or permitted by the General Laws of the State of Maryland now or hereafter in force, including the advance of expenses under the procedures and to the full extent permitted by law and (B) the Corporation shall indemnify other employees and agents, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors or the Corporation’s By-Laws and be permitted by law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Board of Directors may take

13


 

such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such by-laws, resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. No amendment of the Charter of the Corporation or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate the right to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal or shall limit or eliminate the rights granted under indemnification agreements entered into by the Corporation and its directors, officers, agents and employees.
               (5) To the fullest extent permitted by Maryland statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages. No amendment of the Charter of the Corporation or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate the benefits provided to directors and officers under this provision with respect to any act or omission which occurred prior to such amendment or repeal.
               (6) For any stockholder proposal to be presented in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, including any proposal relating to the nomination of a director to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the stockholders must have given timely written notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation in the manner and containing the information required by the By-Laws. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders will be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland.

14


 

               (7) Notwithstanding any provision of law requiring the authorization of any action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in the Charter.
               (8) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting by consent, in writing or by electronic transmission, in any manner permitted by the MGCL and set forth in the By-Laws.
          (b) The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in the Charter, including any amendments changing the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any of its outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, by a majority of the directors’ adopting a resolution setting forth the proposed change, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote on the proposed change, or directing the proposed change to be considered at the next annual stockholders meeting. Unless otherwise provided herein, the proposed change will be effective only if it is adopted upon the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate votes entitled to be cast thereon (considered for this purpose as a single class); provided however, that any amendment to, repeal of or adoption of any provision inconsistent with subparagraphs (a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(6), (a)(7) or this paragraph (b) of this Article EIGHTH, paragraph (c) of Article SIXTH or Article SEVENTH will be effective only if it is adopted upon the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the aggregate votes entitled to be cast thereon (considered for this purpose as a single class). In addition, no term or

15


 

provisions of the Charter may be added, amended or repealed in any respect that would, in the determination of the Board of Directors, cause the Corporation not to qualify as a REIT under the Code unless in each such case, such action is approved (in addition to any other vote, approval, authorization or advice (including that of the Board of Directors) that may otherwise be required) by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (66-2/3%) of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
ARTICLE NINTH
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES
          (a) Definitions . For the purpose of this Article NINTH, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
           Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit . The term “Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean not more than 9.8 percent in value of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock.
           AMEX . The term “AMEX” shall mean the American Stock Exchange.
           Beneficial Ownership . The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.
           Business Day . The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

16


 

           Capital Stock . The term “Capital Stock” shall mean all classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, Common Stock and Preferred Stock.
           Charitable Beneficiary . The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Trust as determined pursuant to subparagraph (c)(6) of this Article NINTH, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.
           Common Stock Ownership Limit . The term “Common Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean not more than 9.8 percent (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation.
           Constructive Ownership . The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.
           Excepted Holder . The term “Excepted Holder” shall mean a stockholder of the Corporation for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by the Charter or by the Board of Directors pursuant to subparagraph (b)(7) of this Article NINTH.
           Excepted Holder Limit . The term “Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Board of Directors pursuant to subparagraph (b)(7) of this Article NINTH and subject to

17


 

adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (b)(8) of this Article NINTH, the percentage limit established by the Board of Directors pursuant to subparagraph (b)(7) of this Article NINTH.
           Exemption Period . The term “Exemption Period” shall mean the period beginning as of the time immediately prior to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement by and among the Corporation, Amster Trading Company, an Ohio corporation (“Amster”), and Ramat Securities, LTD, an Ohio limited liability company (“Ramat”), dated as of September 30, 2008, as amended, as in effect as of the time the Articles of Amendment and Restatement containing this Article NINTH are accepted for record by the SDAT, and ending as of the earlier of the close of business on June 30, 2009 and the time immediately after the effective time of the merger contemplated by the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Corporation, Walter Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, JWH Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Spinco, dated as of February ___, 2009, as in effect as of the time the Articles of Amendment and Restatement containing this Article NINTH are accepted for record by the SDAT.
           Initial Date . The term “Initial Date” shall mean the date upon which the Articles of Amendment and Restatement containing this Article NINTH are accepted for record by the SDAT.
           Market Price . The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding shares of Capital Stock, the Closing Price for such Capital Stock on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last sale price for such Capital Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Capital Stock, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to

18


 

trading on the AMEX or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the AMEX, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Capital Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Capital Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Capital Stock selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Capital Stock, the fair market value of the Capital Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
           Person . The term “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.
           Prohibited Owner . The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of subparagraph (b)(1) of this Article NINTH, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock, and if

19


 

appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.
           Restriction Termination Date . The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Board of Directors determines pursuant to Article FIFTH of the Charter that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of shares of Capital Stock set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.
           Transfer . The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Capital Stock or the right to vote or receive dividends on Capital Stock, including (1) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (2) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock or any interest in Capital Stock or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (3) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.
           Trust . The term “Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in subparagraph (c)(1) of this Article NINTH.

20


 

           Trustee . The term “Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Prohibited Owner, that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the Trust.
          (b) Capital Stock .
               (1)  Ownership Limitations . During the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, but subject to paragraph (b)(7) of Article NINTH:
                    (i)  Basic Restrictions .
                         (A) (1) No Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, (2) no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Common Stock in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit and (3) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.
                         (B) No Person shall Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock would result in the Corporation being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial or Constructive Ownership that would result in the Corporation owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income derived by the Corporation from such tenant would cause the Corporation to fail to satisfy any of the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the Code).

21


 

                         (C) Any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock that, if effective, would result in the Capital Stock being beneficially owned by less than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.
                    (ii)  Transfer in Trust . If any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning shares of Capital Stock in violation of subparagraph (b)(1)(i)(A) or (B) of this Article NINTH,
                         (A) then that number of shares of the Capital Stock the Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate subparagraph (b)(1)(i)(A) or (B) of this Article NINTH (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Article NINTH (c), effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares; or
                         (B) if the transfer to the Trust described in clause (i) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of subparagraph (b)(1)(i)(A) or (B) Article NINTH, then the Transfer of that number of shares of Capital Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate subparagraph (b)(1)(i)(A) or (B) of this Article NINTH shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.
               (2)  Remedies for Breach . If the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of subparagraph (b)(1) of this Article NINTH or

22


 

that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of any shares of Capital Stock in violation of subparagraph (b)(1) of this Article NINTH (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided , however , that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Article NINTH (b)(1) shall automatically result in the transfer to the Trust described above, and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
               (3)  Notice of Restricted Transfer . Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock that will or may violate Article NINTH (b)(1)(i) or any Person who would have owned shares of Capital Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Trust pursuant to the provisions of Article NINTH (b)(1)(ii) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s status as a REIT.
               (4)  Owners Required To Provide Information . From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

23


 

                    (i) every owner of five percent or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of Capital Stock and other shares of the Capital Stock Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide to the Corporation such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit; and
                    (ii) each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of Capital Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding Capital Stock for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.
               (5)  Remedies Not Limited . Subject to Article FIFTH, nothing contained in paragraph (b) of this Article NINTH shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and the interests of its stockholders in preserving the Corporation’s status as a REIT.
               (6)  Ambiguity . In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article NINTH (b), (c), or any definition contained in (a), the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Article NINTH (b) or (c) or any such definition with respect to any situation based on the facts known to

24


 

it. In the event Article NINTH (b) or (c) requires an action by the Board of Directors and the Charter fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Article NINTH (a), (b) or (c). Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Directors (which the Board may make in its sole and absolute discretion), if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Article NINTH (b)(2)) acquired Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Stock in violation of Article NINTH (b)(1), such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the shares of Stock which, but for such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such shares of Stock based upon the relative number of the shares of Stock held by each such Person.
               (7)  Exceptions .
                    (i) Subject to Article NINTH (b)(1)(i)(B), the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and the Common Stock Ownership Limit, as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if:
                         (A) the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain that no individual’s Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of such shares of Capital Stock will violate Article NINTH (b)(1)(i)(B);
                         (B) such Person does not and represents that it will not own, actually or Constructively, an interest in a tenant of the Corporation (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) that would cause the Corporation to own, actually

25


 

or Constructively, more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant and the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain this fact (for this purpose, a tenant from whom the Corporation (or an entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) derives (and is expected to continue to derive) a sufficiently small amount of revenue such that, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, rent from such tenant would not adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to qualify as a REIT shall not be treated as a tenant of the Corporation); and
                         (C) such Person agrees that any violation or attempted violation of such representations or undertakings (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions contained in Article NINTH (b)(1) through (b)(6)) will result in such shares of Capital Stock being automatically transferred to a Trust in accordance with Article NINTH (b)(1)(ii) and (c).
                    (ii) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Article NINTH (b)(7)(i), the Board of Directors may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Corporation’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.
                    (iii) Subject to Article NINTH (b)(1)(i)(B), an underwriter which participates in a public offering or a private placement of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) in

26


 

excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, the Common Stock Ownership Limit, or both such limits, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering or private placement.
                    (iv) The Board of Directors may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder: (A) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time or (B) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder. No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the Common Stock Ownership Limit.
               (8)  Increase or Decrease in Aggregate Stock Ownership and Common Stock Ownership Limits . Subject to Article NINTH (b)(2)(i)(B) and in connection with establishing an Excepted Holder Limit or at any other time, the Board of Directors may from time to time increase or decrease the Common Stock Ownership Limit or the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit; provided, however, that any decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person whose percentage ownership in Stock is in excess of such decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit until such time as such Person’s percentage of Stock equals or falls below the decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, but any further acquisition of Stock in excess of such percentage ownership of Stock will be in violation of the Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the Board of Directors may not increase or decrease the Common Stock Ownership Limit or the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit if such increase or decrease

27


 

would allow five or fewer Persons to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Stock.
               (9)  Legend . Any certificate for shares of Capital Stock shall bear substantially the following legend:
The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose, among others, of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation’s Charter, (i) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock in excess of 9.8 percent (in value or number of shares) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (ii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation in excess of 9.8 percent of the value of the total outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation, unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (iii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Capital Stock that would result in the Corporation being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; and (iv) no Person may Transfer shares of Capital Stock if such Transfer would result in the Capital Stock of the Corporation being owned by fewer than 100 Persons. Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation. If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership are violated, the shares of Capital Stock represented hereby may be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may redeem shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. Furthermore, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab initio . All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Charter of the

28


 

Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Capital Stock of the Corporation on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its Principal Office.
                         Instead of the foregoing legend, any certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a stockholder on request and without charge.
               (c)  Transfer of Capital Stock in Trust .
                    (1)  Ownership in Trust . Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Article NINTH (b)(1)(ii) that would result in a transfer of shares of Capital Stock to a Trust, such shares of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Trustee as trustee of a Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Trust pursuant to Article NINTH (b)(1)(ii). The Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Article NINTH (c)(6).
                    (2)  Status of Shares Held by the Trustee . Shares of Capital Stock held by the Trustee shall be issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Trust.

29


 

                    (3)  Dividend and Voting Rights . The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or distribution to the Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article NINTH, until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred into a Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.
                    (4)  Sale of Shares by Trustee . Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee of the Trust shall sell the shares held in the Trust to a person, designated by the Trustee, whose

30


 

ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Article NINTH (b)(1)(i). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Article NINTH (c)(4). The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust ( e.g. , in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust and (2) the price per share received by the Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Trust. The Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Article NINTH (c)(3). Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Article NINTH (c)(4), such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.
                    (5)  Purchase Right in Stock Transferred to the Trustee . Shares of Capital Stock transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the

31


 

Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which has been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Article NINTH (c)(3). The Corporation may pay the amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Trust pursuant to Article NINTH (c)(4). Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.
                    (6)  Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries . By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Trust such that the shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Article NINTH (b)(1)(i) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary.
               (d)  AMEX Transactions . Nothing in this Article NINTH shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the AMEX or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article NINTH and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article NINTH.
               (e)  Enforcement . The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article NINTH.

32


 

               (f)  Non-Waiver . No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.
               (g)  Limited Exception . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Article NINTH and the limitations on ownership and transfer of Capital Stock set forth herein (including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in subparagraph (b)(1) of this Article NINTH) shall not apply to Amster or Ramat during the Exemption Period.
                THIRD : The amendment to and restatement of the charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.
                FOURTH : The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article THIRD of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.
                FIFTH : The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent is as set forth in Article FOURTH of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.
                SIXTH : The Corporation currently has seven directors. The names of the directors currently in office are:
                    John A. Burchett
                    Michael T. Tokarz
                    Mark J. O’Brien
                    Denmar J. Dixon
                    William J. Meurer
                    Shannon E. Smith
                    Ellyn L. Brown

33


 

                SEVENTH : The undersigned Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.
- Signature page follows -

34


 

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Assistant Secretary on this 17th day of April, 2009.
                 
ATTEST:       HANOVER CAPITAL MORTGAGE HOLDINGS, INC.    
 
               
/s/ Paul Pedrotti
      By:   /s/ John A. Burchett    
 
Paul Pedrotti
         
 
John A. Burchett
   
Assistant Secretary
          Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    

35

Exhibit 16.1
(Grant Thornton Letterhead)
April 23, 2009
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Office of the Chief Accountant
100 F Street, NE
Washington, DC 20549
Re: Walter Investment Management Corp.
File No. 001-13417
Dear Sir or Madam:
We have read Item 4.01 of Form 8-K of Walter Investment Management Corp. dated April 23, 2009, and agree with the statements concerning our Firm contained therein.
Very truly yours,
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
GRANT THORNTON LLP